Billing Center

User Guide

Issue 01
Date 2024-12-09

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2024. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: https://www.huawei.com
Email: [email protected]

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

Security Declaration
Vulnerability
Huawei's regulations on product vulnerability management are subject to the Vul. Response Process. For
details about this process, visit the following web page:
https://www.huawei.com/en/psirt/vul-response-process
For vulnerability information, enterprise customers can visit the following web page:
https://securitybulletin.huawei.com/enterprise/en/security-advisory

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

Billing Center
User Guide Contents

Contents

1 Overview....................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Overview.................................................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Message Receiving and Management............................................................................................................................. 6
1.3 Resource Suspension and Release..................................................................................................................................... 8
1.4 How Can I Qualify for Post Payment?............................................................................................................................. 8
1.5 Payment...................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
1.6 Supported Postpayment Methods..................................................................................................................................... 9
1.7 Post Payment Terminology................................................................................................................................................ 12

2 Orders.......................................................................................................................................14
2.1 Unpaid Orders........................................................................................................................................................................ 14
2.1.1 Paying for Orders...............................................................................................................................................................14
2.1.2 Canceling Orders............................................................................................................................................................... 17
2.1.3 Viewing Order Details...................................................................................................................................................... 18
2.1.4 Batch Export........................................................................................................................................................................ 19
2.2 Renewal Management........................................................................................................................................................ 19
2.2.1 Resource Expiration Rules...............................................................................................................................................19
2.2.2 Manual Renewal................................................................................................................................................................ 21
2.2.2.1 Renewal Rules................................................................................................................................................................. 21
2.2.2.2 Manual Renewal.............................................................................................................................................................22
2.2.2.3 Renewal Date.................................................................................................................................................................. 26
2.2.2.4 Enabling Manual Renewal.......................................................................................................................................... 28
2.2.3 Auto-renewal...................................................................................................................................................................... 30
2.2.3.1 Auto-Renewal Rules...................................................................................................................................................... 30
2.2.3.2 Enabling Auto-Renewal............................................................................................................................................... 34
2.2.3.3 Modifying Auto-Renewal............................................................................................................................................ 36
2.2.3.4 Disabling Auto-Renewal.............................................................................................................................................. 38
2.2.3.5 Deduction Date for Auto-Renewal...........................................................................................................................39
2.2.4 Renewing Resource Packages....................................................................................................................................... 40
2.2.4.1 Resource Package Usage Rules................................................................................................................................. 40
2.2.4.2 Buying Resource Packages Again............................................................................................................................. 43
2.2.5 Non-Renewal After Expiration...................................................................................................................................... 46
2.2.6 Changing the Billing Mode............................................................................................................................................ 47
2.2.6.1 Overview........................................................................................................................................................................... 47

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

Billing Center
User Guide Contents

2.2.6.2 From Pay-per-Use to Yearly/Monthly......................................................................................................................48

2.2.6.3 From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per-Use Upon Expiration.................................................................................... 50
2.2.6.4 From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per-Use Immediately............................................................................................52
2.2.7 Pricing of a Changed Specification..............................................................................................................................55
2.2.8 Releasing Resources..........................................................................................................................................................62
2.2.9 Exporting the Renewal Data..........................................................................................................................................63
2.2.9.1 Exporting Renewal Prices............................................................................................................................................ 63
2.2.9.2 Exporting Pending Renewals...................................................................................................................................... 64
2.2.10 Resource Statuses........................................................................................................................................................... 66
2.3 My Orders................................................................................................................................................................................ 66
2.3.1 Paying for Orders ............................................................................................................................................................. 66
2.3.2 Automatic Payments........................................................................................................................................................ 67
2.3.3 Canceling Orders............................................................................................................................................................... 69
2.3.4 Viewing Order Details...................................................................................................................................................... 70
2.3.5 Exporting Orders................................................................................................................................................................ 71
2.3.6 Order Statuses.................................................................................................................................................................... 72
2.4 Unsubscriptions..................................................................................................................................................................... 72
2.4.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 73
2.4.2 Unsubscribing from In-Use Resources........................................................................................................................73
2.4.2.1 Instructions....................................................................................................................................................................... 73
2.4.2.2 Unsubscription Rules.................................................................................................................................................... 74
2.4.2.3 Unsubscription Not Allowed...................................................................................................................................... 79
2.4.3 Unsubscribing from Inactive Resources..................................................................................................................... 80
2.4.4 Unsubscribing from a Renewal Period....................................................................................................................... 82
2.4.5 Unsubscribing from a Resource That Failed to Be Created or Changed........................................................ 85
2.4.6 Refunding............................................................................................................................................................................. 85

3 Resource Packages................................................................................................................ 87
4 Funds Management.............................................................................................................. 92
4.1 Payment Methods................................................................................................................................................................. 92
4.1.1 Adding a Payment Method............................................................................................................................................ 92
4.1.2 Payment Limits................................................................................................................................................................... 96
4.2 Top-Up and Payment........................................................................................................................................................... 96
4.2.1 Topping Up an Account (Prepaid Direct Customers)............................................................................................ 96
4.2.2 Topping Up an Account or Making Payments (Partner Customers)............................................................... 98
4.2.3 Making Payments (Postpaid Direct Customers)..................................................................................................... 99
4.2.4 Making Payments (Prepaid Direct Customers).................................................................................................... 105
4.3 Expenditure Quota............................................................................................................................................................. 105

5 Bill Management (Old Version)...................................................................................... 109

5.1 Bills for Customers Using Monthly Settlement........................................................................................................ 109
5.1.1 Bills....................................................................................................................................................................................... 109
5.1.2 Viewing the Bills Held By the Original Business Entity......................................................................................119

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

Billing Center
User Guide Contents

5.1.3 Bill Settings........................................................................................................................................................................120

5.1.4 Payment History.............................................................................................................................................................. 121
5.1.5 Usage Details....................................................................................................................................................................121
5.1.6 Reconciliation Guidance............................................................................................................................................... 122

6 Bill Management (New Version).................................................................................... 126

6.1 Monthly Settlement........................................................................................................................................................... 126
6.2 Bills for Customers Using Monthly Settlement........................................................................................................ 127
6.2.1 Bills....................................................................................................................................................................................... 127
6.2.2 Getting Started................................................................................................................................................................ 129
6.2.2.1 Viewing Bill Details of Resources........................................................................................................................... 129
6.2.2.2 Reconciliation................................................................................................................................................................ 130
6.2.2.3 Fields................................................................................................................................................................................ 134
6.2.3 Bills....................................................................................................................................................................................... 141
6.2.3.1 Bill Summary................................................................................................................................................................. 141
6.2.3.2 Bill Settings.................................................................................................................................................................... 144
6.2.3.3 Editing Cards................................................................................................................................................................. 145
6.2.3.4 Viewing the Bills Held By the Original Business Entity.................................................................................. 146
6.2.4 Bill Details.......................................................................................................................................................................... 147
6.2.5 Exporting Bills...................................................................................................................................................................148
6.2.6 Payment History.............................................................................................................................................................. 149
6.2.7 Usage Details.................................................................................................................................................................... 150
6.2.8 Data Storage..................................................................................................................................................................... 150
6.2.8.1 Enabling Data Storage............................................................................................................................................... 150
6.2.8.2 Format of Resource Bill by Billing Cycle (for New Version)......................................................................... 155
6.2.8.3 Format of Detail Bill by Usage Type (for New Version)................................................................................ 162
6.2.8.4 Format of Resource Expenditure Bill Files (for Old Version)........................................................................173
6.2.8.5 Format of Detailed Resource Bill Files (for Old Version)...............................................................................176
6.2.9 Bill Run for Pay-per-Use Resources...........................................................................................................................179

7 Tax Help.................................................................................................................................180
7.1 Tax Help................................................................................................................................................................................. 180
7.2 Tax Notice............................................................................................................................................................................. 192

8 Coupons and Discounts......................................................................................................195

8.1 Cash Coupons...................................................................................................................................................................... 195
8.1.1 Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................195
8.1.2 Cash Coupon Usage Limits.......................................................................................................................................... 195
8.1.3 Activating Cash Coupons.............................................................................................................................................. 196
8.1.4 Viewing Cash Coupons.................................................................................................................................................. 197
8.1.5 How Do I Get and Use Cash Coupons?................................................................................................................... 198
8.2 Commercial Discounts...................................................................................................................................................... 199
8.2.1 Viewing Commercial Discounts..................................................................................................................................200

9 Invoices Management........................................................................................................ 202

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

Billing Center
User Guide Contents

9.1 Issuing an Invoice............................................................................................................................................................... 202

9.2 Returning an Invoice......................................................................................................................................................... 203
9.3 How Do I Manage the Withholding Tax (WHT) Certificate?.............................................................................. 203
9.4 Setting Emails to Receive Invoices................................................................................................................................206

10 Contracts............................................................................................................................. 207
10.1 Viewing Offline Contracts............................................................................................................................................. 207

11 Cloud Trace Service...........................................................................................................209

11.1 Supported Billing Center Operations........................................................................................................................ 209
11.2 Viewing Audit Logs.......................................................................................................................................................... 210

12 Appendix............................................................................................................................. 211
12.1 Renewal Management (Old Edition)........................................................................................................................ 211
12.1.1 Manual Renewal........................................................................................................................................................... 211
12.1.1.1 Renewal Rules............................................................................................................................................................ 211
12.1.1.2 Manually Renewing a Resource........................................................................................................................... 212
12.1.1.3 Setting a Renewal Date.......................................................................................................................................... 213
12.1.2 Auto-renewal................................................................................................................................................................. 215
12.1.2.1 Auto-Renewal Rules................................................................................................................................................. 215
12.1.2.2 Automatically Renewing a Resource.................................................................................................................. 217
12.1.2.3 Modifying Auto-Renewal........................................................................................................................................218
12.1.2.4 Disabling Auto-Renewal......................................................................................................................................... 219
12.1.3 Buying Again.................................................................................................................................................................. 220
12.1.4 Changing Subscriptions.............................................................................................................................................. 221
12.1.4.1 From Pay-per-Use to Yearly/Monthly................................................................................................................. 221
12.1.4.2 From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per-Use................................................................................................................. 222
12.1.5 Releasing Resources..................................................................................................................................................... 223
12.1.6 Exporting the Renewal List........................................................................................................................................224
12.2 Bills for Customers Using Non-Monthly Settlement........................................................................................... 225
12.2.1 Expenditure Summary................................................................................................................................................. 225
12.2.2 Bill Settings..................................................................................................................................................................... 228
12.2.3 Expenditure Items......................................................................................................................................................... 228
12.2.4 Expenditure Details...................................................................................................................................................... 230
12.2.5 Account Statements..................................................................................................................................................... 230
12.2.6 Usage Details................................................................................................................................................................. 231
12.2.7 Obtaining Export History........................................................................................................................................... 231
12.2.8 Reconciliation Guidance............................................................................................................................................. 232
12.2.9 Expenditure Data Storage..........................................................................................................................................234
12.2.10 Expenditure Data Storage....................................................................................................................................... 237
12.2.10.1 Resource Expenditures.......................................................................................................................................... 238
12.2.10.2 Resource Bill............................................................................................................................................................. 241

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

1 Overview

1.1 Overview
1.2 Message Receiving and Management
1.3 Resource Suspension and Release
1.4 How Can I Qualify for Post Payment?
1.5 Payment
1.6 Supported Postpayment Methods
1.7 Post Payment Terminology

1.1 Overview
The Overview page helps you quickly access the common billing functions.
Huawei Cloud provides prepayment and postpayment options.
● Prepayment: You pay for a product or service before using it.
You top up your Huawei Cloud account, and then pay from the account
balance. Huawei Cloud will deduct payment from your account immediately
after you subscribe to a yearly/monthly product. Likewise, you will be billed
for pay-per-use expenditures in a nearly real-time manner.
● Postpayment: You can use the product or service first and pay later.
Top-up is not required. For a yearly/monthly product, you can choose to either
pay immediately or pay later. For details, see Bill Run for Pay-per-Use
Resources.
The fields on the Overview page for prepayment and postpayment options are
slightly different, as shown in Figure 1 and Figure 2. For detailed field
descriptions, see Table 1.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Figure 1-1 Overview page example for prepayment

Figure 1-2 Overview page example for postpayment

Table 1-1 Operations on the Overview page

Card Operation Description Related

Document

Remainin Viewing the You can view the total remaining N/A
g Amount remaining amount due by the current billing
Due/ amount due cycle.
Available (only for
Credit postpayment)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Card Operation Description Related

Document

Viewing the You can view the final bills N/A

generated bills generated in the last three months,
(only for including:
postpayment) ● Bills that have been paid off
● Unpaid bills (overdue)
● Unpaid bills (not overdue)
Click More to view all generated
bills on the Bills page.

Topping up You can top up your Huawei Cloud Making

Huawei Cloud account balance. Payments
account The top-up balance will be used to (Postpaid
(only for pay for your unpaid bills first. Direct
postpayment) Customer
s)

Viewing unpaid You can click Unpaid Bills to view N/A

bills the details. If you are using a
(only for master account, the unpaid bills
postpayment) include the expenditures of your
associated member accounts.
If you have past due bills, some
services will be affected.

Viewing the The remaining expenditure quota is -

remaining the remaining amount you can
expenditure spend on Huawei Cloud.
quota Remaining expenditure quota =
(only for Total expenditure quota – Used
postpayment expenditure quota
with non-
monthly
settlement)

Viewing The available credit is the amount -

available credit you can use for paying Huawei
(only for Cloud services.
prepayment) Available credit = Account balance
– Outstanding amount

Topping up After you are registered as a Topping

Huawei Cloud prepaid customer, you can top up Up an
account your account and use the balance Account
(only for to pay for Huawei Cloud services. (Prepaid
prepayment) Direct
Customer
s)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Card Operation Description Related

Document

Enabling If your available credit (the sum of N/A

balance alerting your account balance and any
(for coupons) goes below a specified
postpayment threshold, Huawei Cloud will inform
with non- you via SMS or email.
monthly You can click Settings to enable or
settlement/ disable balance alerting.
prepayment)

Month- Viewing the You can view the estimated month- -

to-Date expenditures of to-date expenditures.
Bill the current The amount includes the tax only
month for real-time payments. The tax of
monthly payments is included in
the bill that will be generated on
the 3rd of the following month.

Viewing the The expenditure quota is the Expenditu

expenditure maximum amount that you can re Quota
quota spend on Huawei Cloud. If the
(only for quota is exceeded, your
postpayment consumptions will be restricted.
with monthly ● You can view the total quota
settlement) and the used quota.
Click View details to go to the
Expenditure Quota page.
● You can click Edit Alert
Threshold to change the
threshold of triggering the
expenditure usage alert.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Card Operation Description Related

Document

Expenditu Viewing the By default, Huawei Cloud displays Bills

res expenditure the expenditures of the last six
growth months. To view expenditures of
other periods, such as expenditures
in the last 7 days or 30 days, go to
Cost Analysis.
Click View Bill to go to the Bills
page.
● Amount: The amount that you
need to pay after discounts are
applied to the list price.
● Net Amount: The total after the
value of any cash coupons is
deducted from the payable
amount.
● Estimated: Estimated month-to-
date amount. For pay-per-use
expenditures, the amount of
applicable cash coupons will be
automatically deducted at the
end of the month when the bill
is generated.

Latest Viewing the The latest two announcements are What's

News latest displayed. To view all New
announcements announcements, click What's New.

My To- Viewing orders You can view the number of orders Paying for
Dos pending payment. Orders
Click Pay Now to navigate to the My
Unpaid Orders page to complete Orders
your payment.
Click View All to navigate the My
Orders page to view all of your
orders.

Viewing the By default, Huawei Cloud displays Renewal

resources to be the number of frozen resources, Managem
renewed expired resources, and resources ent
that will expire within 7, 15, or 30
days. Click the number of resources
or View All to navigate to the
Renewals page to view details and
renew the resources.

Coupons Viewing You can view your coupon details. How Do I

coupons Click Use Now to go to the Get and
Coupons page for details. Use Cash
Coupons?

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Card Operation Description Related

Document

Cost Entering Cost In the Cost Center, you can analyze Overview
Center Center costs by year, month, and day. Use
Cost Center to track, control, and
continuously optimize your cloud
costs.
Click Enter now to go to the Cost
Center.

1.2 Message Receiving and Management

Messages for Yearly/Monthly Resources

Table 1-2 Messages for yearly/monthly resources

When to Type Description
Notify

Resources Product ● For resources in Manual Renewals, you will be

are about to resource to notified 15, 7, 3, and 1 days before the
expire. expire expiration date.
● For resources in Renewals Canceled, you will be
notified 3 days before the expiration date.
● For resources in Auto-Renewals and Pay-per-
Use After Expiration, you will not be notified.
● For resource packages, reserved instances (RIs),
and savings plans, you will be notified 15, 7, 3,
and 1 days before the expiration date.

Resources To be You will be notified on the first day your resources

are about to frozen expire and 3 days, and 1 day before your
be frozen. resources are frozen.

Resources To be You will be notified on the first day your resources

are about to released are frozen, and 14, 7, 3, and 1 days before your
be released. resources are deleted.

Auto- Product You will be notified of a successful auto-renewal.

renewal is auto-
enabled. renewed

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

When to Type Description

Notify

Auto- Auto-renewal is initiated 7 days before the

renewal expiration date. If auto-renewal fails, you will be
failure notified 5, and then 2 days before the expiration
or freezing date, on the expiration or freezing
date, 6, and then 2 days before the release date,
and you will receive a final notification on the day
the resources are released.

Resources Product You will be notified when the resources are

have been resource unsubscribed from or released.
released or released
unsubscribed
from.

Resources Created or You will be notified of resources provisioned

are enabled within one hour.
provisioned.

If your resources are about to expire, to be frozen, or to be released on the same

day, you will be notified of renewals only once.

Messages for Pay-per-Use Resources

If your expenditure quota is reached and you do not submit payment in a timely
manner, or contact your account manager to increase the quota, the resources
under your account enter a grace period and then, after that, a retention period.
During the period, you will receive notifications requesting payment. After the
retention period ends, the resources will be released.

Table 1-3 Messages for pay-per-use resources

When to Type Description
Notify

The Account After your quota usage reaches 80%, you will be
expenditure balance notified once every hour and three consecutive
quota is times at most.
insufficient.

Resources are To be frozen After your quota is used up, the resources under
about to be your account enter the grace period. After the
frozen. grace period ends, they will be frozen.
You will be notified 15, 7, 3, and 1 days before
your resources are frozen.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

When to Type Description

Notify

Resources are To be If you do not pay before the grace period ends,
about to be released the resources under your account enter the
released. retention period. After the retention period ends,
they will be released.
You will be notified 15, 7, 3, and 1 days before
your resources are released.

Message Management Settings

1. You can receive messages via SMS, email, in-app message, WeCom robot,
DingTalk, and Feishu robot. If necessary, you can log in to the Message
Center to change how you receive messages. For details, see How Do I
Manage Message Receiving?.
2. If you want to receive fewer messages or do not want to receive any
messages at all, you can also configure it in the Message Center by referring
to How Can I Stop Receiving Messages?.

1.3 Resource Suspension and Release

If your yearly/monthly subscriptions have expired but not been renewed, or you
are in arrears due to insufficient balance, your resources enter a grace period. If
the renewal is still not completed or the outstanding amount is not paid off when
the grace period ends, the resources enter a retention period, during which the
resources will be suspended. If the renewal is still not completed or the
outstanding amount is still not paid off when the retention period ends, the stored
data will be deleted and the cloud service resources will be released.
● A grace period is the time for you to renew the resources if your yearly/
monthly subscriptions have expired or for you to pay off the outstanding
amount if you are in arrears due to insufficient balance. During this period,
you cannot use some pay-per-use resources, and new services are blocked.
The grace period for Huawei Cloud (International) is 15 days long.
● A retention period is the time your resources will enter if your yearly/monthly
subscriptions are still not renewed or the outstanding amount for pay-per-use
resources is still not paid off when the grace period ends. During this period,
the resources cannot be used, but the resource data stored will be retained.
The retention period for Huawei Cloud (International) is 15 days long.
For details about the grace period and retention period of Message & SMS
products, please see the relative product documentation.

1.4 How Can I Qualify for Post Payment?

Huawei Cloud provides a postpayment option for all customers. Once you are
approved for postpayment, you can use Huawei Cloud services first and pay later.
You can set it up online or off:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

● Online: Create an account, add a mobile number, complete your account

information, and add a payment method (adding a credit card) as prompted
on the official website. The credit card added will be used for payment. For
details, see Adding a Payment Method.
● Offline: Contact your account manager to apply for postpayment
authorization. On the Payment Methods page in the Billing Center, add a
credit card for automatic payment. Otherwise, you will have to pay your bills
manually. For details about the payments, see How Does a Common Huawei
Cloud Customer Pay (in Post Payment Mode)?.

1.5 Payment
Huawei Cloud collects payment from postpaid customers in two ways:
● Yearly/monthly subscriptions: When placing an order, you can select a credit
card you added or choose Online Payment to pay for the order. If you have
enabled monthly settlement, the Monthly Settlement option is also
available, and if you choose this option, bills will be automatically paid from
your added credit card after the bill is generated on the third day of the
following month.
● Pay-per-use products: Bills are generated by month and expenditures are
billed to the credit card you added. If we have reasonable grounds to suspect
that your account is at risk of falling into arrears, we have the right to bill you
based on expenses incurred, and to bill your added credit card as needed.
When paying your bills, you can select the following ways:
● Allow Huawei Cloud to automatically collect payments from the credit card
you added.
● Choose a payment method on the Overview > Pay page.
NOTE

You can pay online only if you signed a contract with any of the following contracting
parties:
● Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited.
● Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.
● Sparkoo Technologies Hong Kong Co., Limited
● Sparkoo Technologies South Africa (Pty). Ltd.
● Huawei (Chile) S.A.
● Huawei Technologies De Mexico, S.A. De C.V.
● Sparkoo Technologies Arabia Co., Ltd.
● Sparkoo Technologies (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

1.6 Supported Postpayment Methods

You can pay online only if you signed a contract with any of the following
contracting parties:
● Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited.
● Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

● Sparkoo Technologies Hong Kong Co., Limited.

● Sparkoo Technologies South Africa (Pty) . Ltd.
● Huawei (Chile) S.A.
● Huawei Technologies De Mexico, S.A. De C.V.
● Sparkoo Technologies Arabia Co., Ltd.
● Sparkoo Technologies (Thailand) Co., Ltd.
Online payment can be by bound credit card or by other cards.

Custo Pay Post Mont Bill Order Auto-Renewal

mer me pay hly Paymen Placement
Type nt me Settl t
Opt nt emen
ion Aut t
hori
zati
on

- - - - Onl Ba A Ad On M Ac Ad O Mo
ine nk c de lin on co de nl nth
pay tra c d e thl u d in ly
me ns o cr pa y nt cre e set
nt fer u ed ym set b dit p tle
n it ent tle al car a me
t ca m a d y nt
b rd en nc m
al t e e
a n
n t
c
e

Direct Pos Onli Yes √ √ - √ √ - - √ - √

custom tpa ne
er/ ym
referral ent
custom
er Pos Offli Yes √ √ - √ √ √ - √ - √
tpa ne
ym
ent

Pre - No √ √ √ √ √ - √ - - -
pay
me
nt

Reseller Pos Offli Yes - - - - - √ - - - √

custom tpa ne
er ym
ent

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Custo Pay Post Mont Bill Order Auto-Renewal

mer me pay hly Paymen Placement
Type nt me Settl t
Opt nt emen
ion Aut t
hori
zati
on

Enterpri Pos Onli Yes √ √ - √ √ - - √ - √

se tpa ne
master ym
account ent

Pos Offli Yes √ √ - √ √ √ - √ - √

tpa ne
ym
ent

Pre - No √ √ √ √ √ - √ - - -
pay
me
nt

Enterpri Pos Offli Yes - - - - - √ - - - √

se tpa ne
membe ym
r ent
account
(non- Pre - No - - √ - - - √ - - -
unified pay
account me
ing nt
manag
ement)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

Custo Pay Post Mont Bill Order Auto-Renewal

mer me pay hly Paymen Placement
Type nt me Settl t
Opt nt emen
ion Aut t
hori
zati
on

Enterpri Pos - - - - - - - - - - - -
se tpa
membe ym
r ent
account
(unified
account
ing
manag
ement;
the
master
account
pays
the
membe
r
account
's
expendi
tures)

1.7 Post Payment Terminology

Billing cycle: A number of calendar months (one month by default). The bill for a
month is generated on the third day of the next month.
Payment period: The period of time that Huawei Cloud gives customers to pay
for their expenditures, starting from the bill date to the due date. Customers are
required to pay off their bills before the repayment period ends. By default, the bill
date is the due date.
Overdue: If a customer has not paid off a bill before 24:00 on the due date, such
payment is overdue.
Grace period: When a customer's yearly/monthly subscription has expired or the
customer account is in arrears due to an insufficient account balance, Huawei
Cloud provides a period for the customer to renew the resources or pay off the
outstanding amount. During this period, the customer can use some resources.
The grace period for Huawei Cloud (International) is 15 days.
● If the customer account is in arrears due to an insufficient balance, the
customer cannot subscribe to new services.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12

Billing Center
User Guide 1 Overview

● If the customer's yearly/monthly subscriptions are not renewed and enter a

grace period, the customer can continue to subscribe to new services.
If Huawei Cloud direct sales customers, referral customers, or enterprise customers
with master accounts for unified accounting do not have credit cards added or
expenditure quota given, they can use test coupons to experience cloud services
for the first time. When the coupons are used up, expire, or cannot cover the
expenditures, all pay-per-use resources of the accounts enter the retention period.
Any yearly/monthly resources that have taken effect are not affected.
Retention period: After the grace period ends, if a customer's yearly/monthly
subscriptions are not renewed or the outstanding amount for pay-per-use
resources is still not paid off, the retention period starts. During this period, the
resources cannot be used, but the resource data stored will be retained. The
retention period for Huawei Cloud (International) is 15 days long.
Due date: The last day a customer can pay a bill and it not be considered a late
payment. If there is no payment period, the due date is the bill date.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

2 Orders

2.1 Unpaid Orders

2.2 Renewal Management
2.3 My Orders
2.4 Unsubscriptions

2.1 Unpaid Orders

2.1.1 Paying for Orders

You need to complete the payment before using the products in the order. Unpaid
orders are listed on the Unpaid Orders page.

Complete the payment for the order before its expiration time displayed on the
page.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unpaid Orders page.

Step 2 You can enter an order No. to search for orders to be paid, or filter these orders by
service type, order type, or order status.

Step 3 Choose single payment or combined payment as needed.

● Single payment: Click Pay for a desired order.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Combined payment: Select desired orders and click Combine Payments.

NOTE

– A maximum of 30 orders can be selected for a combined payment.

– The orders generated for combined purchase must be paid at the same time. If the
orders for the combined purchase need to be reviewed, the payments can be made
only after all orders are approved.
– When making a combined payment, the system checks the order status and will
not pay the orders whose status has changed.
– When some orders are Pending approval, the system prompts "Once the following
orders are approved, a notification will be sent to the phone number and email
specified for your account, and then you will be able to pay for your orders. " A list
of the orders waiting for approval will be displayed.

Step 4 Select discounts and a payment method, and click Pay.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

If you place an order in which the product overlaps with that in the standard sales contract,
the following message will be displayed before you pay for the order: "Please verify that
this order is independent of the contract. Otherwise, you cannot make the payment."
When you purchase a composite product (for example, ECS + image + EVS), Huawei Cloud
charges only the products provided by itself. You need to contact the third-party service
provider for the payment details of its products.

● Savings include discounts and coupons. For details about how to use the
discounts and coupons, see How Do I Use Discounts and Coupons When
Paying for an Order?.
● Payment methods include Pay online and Monthly Settlement.
a. Pay online: Select Pay online and click Go to Online Payment to go to
the checkout page. Enter the credit card information, and click PAY
NOW.

NOTE

Only credit cards of the and types can be used for payment. Debit
cards, prepaid cards, virtual cards, and gift cards cannot be used.
b. Monthly Settlement: If you select this method, the expenditures will be
accumulated in the monthly bill. You need to pay for them after the bill is
generated.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

▪ If you are a postpaid customer with monthly settlement enabled, you can
select Monthly Settlement when placing an order. After the bill is generated
on the third day of the following month, the payment will be automatically
made from your credit card balance. For details about monthly settlement,
see Monthly Settlement.

▪ With the post payment, you can use Huawei Cloud services first and pay for
them later. For details about postpayment, see How Do I Obtain the
Qualification for Post Payment? and Payment and Repayment.

----End

2.1.2 Canceling Orders

If you do not want to pay for an order after placing it, you can manually cancel it.
If you do not manually cancel the order, it will be automatically canceled when
expired.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unpaid Orders page.
Step 2 You can enter an order No. to search for orders to be canceled, or filter these
orders by service type, order type, or order status.

Step 3 Click Cancel for the target order.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● You need to batch cancel multiple orders that are created for the combined products
you have purchased. If you cancel one of the orders for the combined products you have
purchased, a message saying "When you cancel the order, its associated orders will be
canceled at the same time." will be displayed. Upon your confirmation, all associated
orders are canceled.
● When a combined order is canceled, all orders stated in the combined order are
canceled together.

Step 4 In the Confirm dialog box, click OK.

----End

2.1.3 Viewing Order Details

Order details include information about the order itself, ordered resources, and
order amount.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unpaid Orders page.

Step 2 Click Details in the Operation column of the target order, or click the order No. to
go to the order details page.

● If an order is Pending payment, you can pay for or cancel the order on the
order details page.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

2.1.4 Batch Export

You can export unpaid orders in a batch and use the exported content to request
funds from your finance department.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unpaid Orders page.

Step 2 Select the orders to be exported and click Batch Export in the upper left corner of
the page.

Step 3 After the export is complete, the Export History page is automatically displayed.
After the file to be exported is ready, click Download in the Operation column to
download the file.

NOTE

IAM users can only view and download its own exported files, but not the exported files of
Huawei Cloud account or exported files of other IAM users under this account.

----End

2.2 Renewal Management

2.2.1 Resource Expiration Rules

Rules
● Before a yearly/monthly resource expires, you can choose to manually
renew it, have it automatically renewed, not renew it, or change its billing
mode to pay-per-use.

Functions Scenarios

Manual Renewal Extend the validity period of resources.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Functions Scenarios

Enabling Auto-Renewal Avoid resources from being deleted

after expiration.

From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per- Change the billing mode to Pay-per-

Use Use based on service requirements.

Non-Renewal upon Expiration Stop using resources after they expire.

● After a yearly/monthly resource expires, renew it in a timely manner if you

want to continue using the resource.
a. When the resource enters the grace period, you can still use the resource.
b. When the grace period ends, the retention period starts. The resource is
frozen and cannot be used, but your data stored in the resource is
retained.
c. After the retention period ends, your resources are automatically deleted.
In this case, the resources cannot be retrieved or renewed.

NOTE

If a yearly/monthly resource in the grace period or retention period is renewed, the

duration spent in the grace and retention periods will be deducted from the renewal
period. For details, see Resource Suspension and Release.
Example:
You purchased a monthly EVS disk on March 31, 2024, and the resource would expire
on April 30, 2024. The grace period and retention period of yearly/monthly resources
on Huawei Cloud (International) are both 15 days.
On May 18, 2024, the resource was in the grace period and renewed for one month.
There are only 13 days remaining because the resource would expire on May 31, 2024.

Viewing Instance Expiration Time

On the Renewals page, you can filter the instances which will expire soon and
view the expiration time of these instances.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

1. By the Expires field, you can quickly filter the resources to be renewed and view the
number of resources.
● Expires in 7 days, 15 days, 30 days, or customized days: Resources that are about
to expire in the specified time range can be renewed in advance.
● Expired (in grace period): A resource will enter the grace period upon expiration. In
the period, the resource can be used normally.
● Frozen (in retention period): A resource will enter the retention period after the
grace period ends. In the period, the resource cannot be used.
2. The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. If you select them, all resources that meet the filter criteria are
displayed.

2.2.2 Manual Renewal

2.2.2.1 Renewal Rules

You can renew your yearly/monthly subscribed resources to prolong their validity
periods. If a resource is renewed when it is in a grace period or retention period,
the renewal for this resource starts from when the resource expired instead of
the time when the renewal is operated. .

Rules
Renewal restrictions

1. Reserved instances are not renewable.

2. Pay-per-use resources and spot instances are not renewable.
3. Orders being processed are not renewable.
4. If an order for changing the specifications of a yearly/monthly resource has
been submitted but has not been completed, such a resource is not
renewable.
5. Yearly/monthly resources that have been changed or are being changed to
pay-per-use billing mode are not renewable.
6. If a yearly/monthly resource has supplemented resources, the yearly/monthly
resource is not renewable until the supplemented resources have been
provisioned successfully, ensuring that the yearly/monthly resource and the
supplemented resources expire at the same time.
7. If a partner's customer accounts in the reseller model is frozen by the partner,
the renewals are not allowed for these accounts. Contact the partner to
handle it.
8. Unsubscribed or released resources are not renewable.
9. Resources no longer available are not renewable.

Rules for a consolidated renewal

1. Associated resources must be renewed as a whole. Attached resources can be

renewed as a whole or separately.
Example:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Suppose that you purchased a yearly/monthly ECS with the flavor s6.small.1
and with a VPC network configured, and a 40 GB general-purpose SSD was
attached as the system disk. When renewing the ECS, you need to renew it
together with the 40 GB general-purpose SSD. The VPC network can be
renewed separately.
2. Solution product portfolios and DevCloud packages must be renewed as a
whole and it is not allowed to renew only some resources in the portfolios or
packages.
3. If there are applicable discounts for a combined purchase package renewal,
you can only renew all resources in the package. If no discounts can be
applied for the package renewal, you can renew specific resources in the
package separately.
Example:
Assume that you have purchased a promotional package of a yearly/monthly
ECS (specifications: s6.small.1 ECS + VPC network). You must renew the whole
package to use an applicable discount. Only when no discount can be applied
for renewing the package, you can renew the yearly/monthly ECS and VPC
separately.
4. For any other package, you can renew it as a whole or specific resources in
the package. However, after you renew specific resources in a package, the
package cannot be renewed as a whole any longer and discounts for a whole
package renewal cannot be used.
5. The resources in a combined service need to be renewed as a whole, for
example, the ECS.

Rules for a batch renewal

1. Resources in commercial use cannot be renewed together with those pending

commercial use.
2. Offline Dedicated Cloud cannot be renewed in batches.
3. KooGallery resources managed by different sales persons cannot be renewed
in batches.
4. Orders being processed cannot be renewed in batches.
5. Trial products cannot be renewed in batches.
6. Portfolio products cannot be renewed in batches.
7. Resources no longer available cannot be renewed in batches.

2.2.2.2 Manual Renewal

After purchasing yearly/monthly resources, you can manually renew the resources
to prolong the resource usage period.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter instances and view the instance quantity.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.
● The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. You can select them to hide or filter resource packages.

On the Manual Renewals, Auto Renewals, Pay-per-Use After Expiration, and

Renewals Canceled pages, you can view all instances to be renewed and
manually renew these instances.
Step 3 All instances that need to be manually renewed can be moved to the Manual
Renewals page. For details, see Enabling Manual Renewal.
Step 4 Renew instances individually or in batches.
● Individual renewal: Click Renew in the Operation column for the desired
instance.

● Batch renewal: Select the check boxes for the desired instances, and click
Renew on top of the list.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● Instances with orders pending payment can be renewed only after these orders are paid
or canceled. You can click the order No. in the prompt to go to the order details page.
After you pay for or cancel the order, the instance becomes renewable.

● If you renew multiple instances in a batch, a combined transaction order is generated.

You need to pay or cancel the order together. On the combined order details page, click
the order number of an instance to view the detailed renewal of the instance.

Step 5 Select a renewal duration and click Pay.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● The default renewal durations vary in the following scenarios:

1. If an instance's renewal duration is less than one year, for example the renewal
duration ranges from 1 to 9 months, the default renewal duration is 1 month.
2. For an instance with 1-year subscription, the default renewal duration is 1 year. For a
yearly resource with multiple renewal durations, the default renewal duration is the
minimum value among them.
3. If multiple instances are renewed together, the default renewal duration is the
minimum value that can be applied for all these instances. If 1-year is also
applicable for all these instances, 1-year is preferred.
4. A monthly resource package can only be renewed on a monthly basis. If the renewal
duration ranges from 1 to 9 months, the default renewal duration is 1 month. A
yearly resource package can only be renewed on a yearly basis, and the default
renewal duration is 1 year. Currently, only OBS resource packages can be purchased
on a monthly basis and renewed on a yearly basis.
5. Monthly products on the KooGallery can only be renewed on a monthly basis, and
the default renewal duration is 1 month. Yearly products on the KooGallery can only
be renewed on a yearly basis, and the default renewal duration is 1 year.
● The duration between when the renewal is made and when the instance will expire
must be less than 10 years. For example, if you renew an instance on February 29, 2024,
it can be renewed to February 28, 2034, 23:59:59 at most.

Step 6 Select discounts and a payment option, and click Pay.

Step 7 Click View order to view the order details.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

If you want to pay for the order later, you can close the payment page, and then
find the order in the Unpaid Orders page to pay for it. The renewal is successful
after the order is complete.

----End

2.2.2.3 Renewal Date

If you set a renewal date for a yearly/monthly subscription, the subscription will
expire on the fixed date of a month.

Important Notes
● If you do not set a renewal date, the current renewal date is the first day of
each month by default in the Set Renewal Date dialog box.
● You can only set the renewal date to a day (from the 1st day to the 28th day
of a month, or the last day of a month) but not to a month.
● The interval between the renewal date and the due date of the current billing
cycle cannot be less than one month. After the instances are renewed to the
renewal date, the renewal duration is accurate to day, and the renewal
amount depends on the renewal duration. For details, see the renewal
amount displayed on the page.
Example 1: Set Renewal Date to the last day of each month.
Your resource will expire on March 25, 2024, and the renewal duration is one
month. After the renewal date is set to the last day of each month, the
resource will expire on April 30, 2024. Actual renewal duration = Original
renewal duration (1 month) + Duration from the original expiration date to
the renewal date (5 days, from April 26, 2024 to April 30, 2024).
Example 2: Set Renewal Date to the 1st day of each month.
Your resource will expire on March 25, 2024, and the renewal duration is one
month. After the renewal date is set to the 1st day of each month, the
resource will expire on May 1, 2024. Actual renewal duration = Duration
supplemented from the original expiration date in the billing cycle (6 days,
from March 26 to March 31) + Original renewal duration (1 month) +
Duration supplemented to the renewal date (1 day, May 1) = 1 month + 7
days

Setting a Renewal Date

Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 On Manual Renewals or Auto Renewals, select the instances for which the
renewal date will be set, and click Set Renewal Date.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 3 On the Renewal Date page, click . The setting dialog box is displayed.

Step 4 Set the renewal date, and click OK. A prompt will be displayed indicating that the
setting is successful.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 5 Click Pay. After the payment is complete, the instances will be renewed to the
renewal date.

----End

Renewing Resources to the Renewal Date

Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Select the instance to be renewed.
● Individual renewal: Click Renew in the Operation column for the desired
instance.
● Batch renewal: Select the check boxes for the desired instances, and click
Renew on top of the list.
Step 3 Confirm the instance information and set the renewal date.

NOTE

● Click to set the renewal date.

● In the Expiration Time column, you can view the new expiration time after the instance
is renewed to the renewal date.

Step 4 Click Pay. After the payment is complete, the instances will be renewed to the
specified renewal date.

----End

2.2.2.4 Enabling Manual Renewal

You can switch the instances (excluding instances no longer available) that have
been set to be automatically renewed, changed to pay-per-use after expiration,
and not renewed after expiration to manual renewal. All instances that are set to
manual renewal will be moved to the Manual Renewals page.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter instances and view the instance quantity.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.
● The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. You can select them to hide or filter resource packages.
● On the Auto Renewals, Pay-per-Use After Expiration, and Renewals
Canceled pages, you can switch the instances to manual renewal.
Step 3 Locate the instances that you want to set to manual renewal and click More >
Enable Manual Renewal in the Operation column.

Step 4 On the displayed page, click OK.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

2.2.3 Auto-renewal

2.2.3.1 Auto-Renewal Rules

To prevent resource data from being deleted when a resource expires, you can
enable auto-renewal after subscribing to a yearly/monthly resource. With auto-
renewal, your resources are automatically renewed before expiration.

Application Scope
Auto-renewal applies to yearly/monthly resources, but not to solution portfolio
products.

For resources no longer available, you cannot perform any batch operations,
enable or disable auto-renewal, or modify auto-renewal information. If you have
enabled auto-renewal before your resources are no longer available, your
resources can still be automatically renewed before they expire. However, if you
have chosen not to renew a resource after it expires, you cannot automatically
renew it anymore.

If a partner's customer accounts in the reseller model is frozen by the partner,

auto-renewal cannot be enabled for these accounts. Contact the partner to handle
it. Although the auto-renewal were already enabled, the resources of frozen
accounts cannot be automatically renewed. In this case, the Billing Center will
send an auto-renewal failure notification.

The table below lists the cloud services which support auto-renewal.

Category Product

Compute Elastic Cloud Bare Metal Server Cloud Phone Host

Server (ECS) (BMS) (CPH)

FlexusL FlexusX Dedicated Host

(DeH)

Storage Object Storage Elastic Volume Cloud Backup and

Service (OBS) Service (EVS) Recovery (CBR)

Scalable File
Service (SFS)

Networking Virtual Private Elastic IP (EIP) Direct Connect

Cloud (VPC)

Cloud Connect Virtual Private

Network (VPN)

Container Cloud Container

services Engine (CCE)

Databases Relational Data Replication Document

Database Service Service (DRS) Database Service
(RDS) (DDS)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Category Product

GaussDB (for GaussDB Flexus RDS

MySQL)

Security & Web Application Cloud Firewall Cloud Bastion

Compliance Firewall (WAF) (CFW) Host (CBH)

Cloud Certificate Data Encryption Data Security

Manager (CCM) Workshop (DEW) Center (DSC)

Situation Anti-DDoS Service Host Security

Awareness (SA) (AAD) Service (HSS)

SecMaster

AI Image Optical Character Content

Recognition Recognition Moderation
(OCR)

Image Search Conversational Video Ingestion

Bot Service (CBS) and Analysis
Service (VIAS)

ModelArts

Analytics MapReduce Cloud Search DataArts Studio

Service (MRS) Service (CSS)

IoT IoT Device Access

(loTDA)

Middleware DMS for Kafka DMS for DMS for

RabbitMQ RocketMQ

API gateways

Business HUAWEI CLOUD ROMA Connect

Applications Meeting

Management & Application

Governance Orchestration
Service (AOS)

Migration Cloud Data

Migration (CDM)

Dedicated Cloud Dedicated

Computing
Cluster (DCC)

KooGallery SaaS offerings

and manual
service offerings

Note: As for specifics, see the actual renewal page.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Payment Collection Sequence

Auto-renewals can be paid using your account balance (including cash balance
and credit balance), cash coupons, bound credit card, and discounts. They are used
in the following order of priority:
Discount (use one at a time) → Cash coupon (use one at a time) → Account
balance (cash balance first and then credit balance) or bound credit card (when
the account balance is not enough)
If multiple discounts and coupons can be applied, the system uses them in the
sequence described above.
For example, the amount for an auto-renewal is $2,000 USD. The system can use
commercial discount (10% off), coupon ($100 USD), account balance (including
cash balance and credit balance, $1000 USD), and bound credit card to make the
payment. Therefore, the actual amount due = 2000 x 0.9 (10% off discount) – 100
(coupon) = 1000 (account balance) + 700 (credit card) = $1700 USD.

Discount Usage Rule

1. The system selects the highest discount from the applicable discounts
(commercial discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts). A promotional discount is taken into account only when it was
used in a historical order and is still valid.
Example:
A customer has a commercial discount (20% off), a partner authorized
discount (10% off), and a promotional discount (30% off, which was used in
a historical order and is still valid). When the customer's relevant resource is
automatically renewed on November 27, 2020, the promotional discount
(30% off) is used.
2. If multiple promotional discounts were used in historical orders and are still
valid, the one that took effect most recently is taken into account.
Example:
A customer has a commercial discount (20% off) and a partner authorized
discount (10% off). In historical orders, a promotional discount of 30% off
(effective date: November 20, 2020) and a promotional discount of 25% off
(effective date: November 25, 2020) were used. All promotional discounts are
within the validity period. When the customer's relevant resource is
automatically renewed on November 27, 2020, the system compares the
promotional discount that has been used before and took effect most recently
(25% off, effective date: November 25, 2020), the commercial discount (20%
off) and the partner authorized discount (10% off), and selects the optimal
discount: the promotional discount (25% off).
3. If multiple promotional discounts that took effect on the same day were used
in historical orders and are still valid, the promotional discount that was used
for the latest order takes precedence. The discount to be used is selected
based on the above rules.
Example:
A customer has a commercial discount (20% off) and a partner authorized
discount (10% off). In historical orders, a promotional discount of 30% off
(effective date: November 20, 2020) and a promotional discount of 25% off

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

(effective date: November 20, 2020) were used. All promotional discounts are
within the validity period. When the customer's relevant resource was
automatically renewed on November 27, 2020, the system compares the
promotional discount of 25% off which was used for the most recently placed
order with the commercial discount (20% off) and the partner authorized
discount (10% off), and selects the optimal discount: the promotional
discount (25% off).
4. If there is no difference to use the commercial discount, partner authorized
discount, or promotional discount (used in a historical order and still valid),
the commercial discount is used first, then the partner authorized discount,
and finally the promotional discount.

Cash Coupon Usage Rule

The following rules apply only to valid cash coupons:
1. Huawei Cloud searches all valid cash coupons of the account.
– If the balance of multiple valid cash coupons can cover the payment,
Huawei Cloud deducts the amount to be paid from the coupon with the
maximum balance for the renewal.
– If the balance of any valid cash coupon cannot cover the payment,
Huawei Cloud selects the one with the maximum balance and will
automatically deduct the remaining amount from the account balance
(including the credit balance and cash balance) or settled using the
added credit cards.
2. If multiple cash coupons have the same balance, Huawei Cloud prefers the
cash coupon that expires earliest.
3. After requesting the automatic payment for the renewal, Huawei Cloud locks
the amount to be deducted from the selected cash coupon. After the payment
is complete, the amount is deducted. If the payment fails or times out, the
amount is unlocked.

Fee Deduction Time

If you have not set the fee deduction date for auto-renewal, fees will start to be
deducted from your account from 03:00 seven days before the resource expires.
Once the fee deduction date for auto-renewal is set, it takes effect immediately.
Ensure that you have sufficient account balance or credits in your added credit
card.
If the fee deduction for auto-renewal fails due to insufficient account balance or
credit balance in your added card, the system will attempt to charge fees at 03:00
every day. If you change the deduction date for auto-renewal during this period,
the ongoing fee deduction starting from the original date will be stopped and the
fee will start to be charged from the new deduction date until the resources are
released. Whenever the fee deduction is successful, the auto-renewal is successful.
For details about how to set the deduction date for auto-renewal, see Setting
Deduction Date for Auto-Renewal.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

In the auto-renewal for a composite product (for example, ECS + image + EVS), Huawei
Cloud charges only the products provided by itself. You need to contact the third-party
service provider for the payment details of its products. After the auto-renewal is successful,
you can view the renewal details on the My Orders page.

Example:
Customer A has purchased an ECS (ECS 01), which will expire on August 31, 2020
23:59:59. The auto-renewal period is one month. Both the grace period and
retention period for the customer are 15 days. That means ECS 01 will be released
after September 30, 2020 23:59:59.
If customer A has not set the deduction date for auto-renewal, the system will
attempt to charge the auto-renewal fee on August 24, 2020 03:00, seven days
before ECS 01 expires.
Since the customer's account balance or the credit balance on the added card is
insufficient, the first attempt fails, and the system will attempt to charge the fee
again on August 25, 2020 03:00. If customer A sets the auto-renewal deduction
date to 3 days before expiration before August 25, 2020 03:00, no fee will be
charged on August 25, 2020 03:00, but the system will attempt to charge the fee
on August 28, 2020 03:00 and then August 29, 2020 03:00, and so on till
September 30, 2020 03:00. If the account balance or the credit balance on the
added card is still insufficient, the fee deduction for auto-renewal fails.

Auto-Renewal and Manual Renewal

When auto-renewal is enabled, you can still perform a manual renewal. If you pay
a renewal manually before the day when you will be automatically charged for
the auto-renewal, the system will re-calculate the next auto-renewal day based on
the expiration day of the manual renewal.

Rules for Setting Auto-Renewal When Purchasing a Cloud Service

● Monthly: Your subscription will be automatically renewed each month.
● Yearly: Your subscription will be renewed each year.
Example:
Customer A purchased an ECS (ECS 01) and enables auto-renewal for it. If the ECS
subscription term is 8 months, it will be automatically renewed each month. If the
ECS subscription term is 2 years, it will be automatically renewed each year.

2.2.3.2 Enabling Auto-Renewal

To prevent a resource from being deleted upon expiration, you can enable auto-
renewal for yearly/monthly resources you frequently use. Note the Auto-Renewal
Rules when enabling auto-renewal.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter instances and view the instance quantity.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.
● The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. You can select them to hide or filter resource packages.
● On the Auto Renewals page, you can view the instances for which auto-
renewal has been enabled.
● You can enable auto-renewal for instances on the Manual Renewals, Pay-
per-Use After Expiration, and Renewals Canceled pages.
Step 3 Set auto-renewal for individual instance or instances in batches.
● Individual auto-renewal: Click Enable Auto-Renew in the Operation
column for the desired instance.

● Batch auto-renewal: Select the check boxes for the desired instances, and
click Enable Auto-Renew on top of the list.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 4 Set the auto-renewal period and number of preset auto-renewals, and click OK.

NOTE

● New Auto-Renew Period: indicates how often an instance is automatically renewed.

As shown in the preceding figure, if New Auto-Renew Period is changed to 3 months,
the system automatically renews the subscription term every three months and charges
the renewal fee for three months each time.
● Auto-renewals: By default, this option is not selected, indicating that the number of
auto-renewals is not limited. You can select Reset Auto-renewals and set the auto-
renewals to a required value. After the number of auto-renewals reaches the preset
value, the instance is automatically moved on the Manual Renewals tab, and you need
to manually renew it.
● For instances for which auto-renewal has been enabled, you can view the auto-renewal
period and remaining auto-renewal times on the Auto-Renewals tab.
● If you manually renew the instance before the auto-renewal deduction date, the
expiration date is updated, and the number of auto-renewals is not affected. The Billing
Center will automatically renew the instance before the new expiration date.

----End

2.2.3.3 Modifying Auto-Renewal

After enabling auto-renewal, you can change the renewal period. However, you
cannot modify auto-renewal information for instances no longer available.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 On the Auto Renewals page, click Modify Auto-Renew in the Operation column
for the desired instance.

NOTE

● The instances for which auto-renewal has been enabled are moved to the Auto
Renewals page. Modify auto-renewal for these instances on the Auto Renewals page.
● If the Modify Auto-Renew button is not displayed, click More > Modify Auto-Renew
to display it.

Step 3 Renewal Option is Automatical by default, indicating that the system will
automatically renew your instances upon expiration. You can change the auto-
renewal period and number of auto-renewals.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● New Auto-Renew Period: indicates how often an instance is automatically renewed.

As shown in the preceding figure, if New Auto-Renew Period is changed to 3 months,
the system automatically renews the subscription term every three months and charges
the renewal fee for three months each time.
● Reset Auto-renewals: By default, this option is not selected. You can select this option,
and set the number of auto-renewals to Unlimited or the required value.
● For instances for which auto-renewal has been enabled, you can view the auto-renewal
period and remaining auto-renewal times on the Auto-Renewals tab.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

2.2.3.4 Disabling Auto-Renewal

You can disable auto-renewal as needed. After disabling auto-renewal, you need
to manually renew resources before they expire.

Important Notes
● If you do not set the auto-renewal deduction date, Huawei Cloud will initiate
a payment request at 03:00 seven days before the resource expires by default.
You need to disable auto-renewal before Huawei Cloud initiates the payment
request for the current period. Otherwise, Huawei Cloud still collects the
payment. If you disable auto-renewal after the payment request is initiated,
the auto-renewal will not work in the next period. If the renewal has not
taken effect, you can unsubscribe from the renewal period.
● To disable auto-renewal for resources no longer available, click Cancel
Renewal. They will not be renewed upon their expiration. Do not click Modify
Auto-Renew for these resources.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 On the Auto Renewals page, click Modify Auto-Renew in the Operation column
for the desired instance.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● The instances for which auto-renewal has been enabled are moved to the Auto
Renewals page. Modify auto-renewal for these instances on the Auto Renewals page.
● If the Modify Auto-Renew button is not displayed, click More > Modify Auto-Renew
to display it.

Step 3 Set Renewal Option to Manual.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

2.2.3.5 Deduction Date for Auto-Renewal

If you enable auto-renewal for resources but do not set the deduction date for the
auto-renewal, the Billing Center will charge these resources seven days before they
expire by default. You can set the auto-renewal deduction date as needed. The
setting takes effect immediately. Ensure that you have the sufficient balance. For
more details about setting the deduction date for auto-renewal, see Auto-
Renewal Rules.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 In the upper right corner of the page, view the fee deduction time, and click
Modify.

Step 3 On the displayed dialog box, set the date, check the hint box, and click OK.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

----End

2.2.4 Renewing Resource Packages

2.2.4.1 Resource Package Usage Rules

A resource package is a resource quota you buy in advance. If the resource
package is used up or expires, you will be billed based on the resource's pay-per-
use price. View the price details.

Resource Package Types and Usage

Resource packages are classified into resettable and non-resettable resource
packages.

Type Description

Resettabl Its capacity decreases linearly. The capacity is cleared at the end of
e package each reset period and restored at the beginning of the next reset
period until the package expires.
For example, if a monthly resettable Cloud Container Instance (CCI)
resource package (2,920 GB*hour/month) takes effect from July 01,
2019 00:00:00 to July 01, 2020 00:00:00, 2,920 GB*hour of memory
can be deducted each month within the effective period.

Non- Its capacity decreases linearly and is deducted continuously before

resettable it is used up.
package If the total capacity of a non-resettable Image Tagging resource
package is 10,000 times and the package is valid from July 01, 2019
00:00:00 to July 01, 2020 00:00:00, 10,000 times can be deducted
within the validity period.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Scenarios
You can perform different operations on resource packages by their types.

1. The resource package is used up in advance.

– For a resettable resource package, no operation is required. This is
because the capacity will be restored at the beginning of the next reset
period before the package expires.
Example:

A 100-GB OBS resource package takes effect from June 28, 2024 to June
28, 2025. During the period, you will obtain 100-GB traffic for each
month, and the overage traffic will be billed on a pay-per-use basis.
NOTE

● After the package is used up in the current reset period, if you continue using
the resource, the subsequent usage will be billed at the pay-per-use price. You
can view the expenditures by choosing Bills > Bill Details after the settlement
period.
● If the resource package is always used up in advance, you are advised to
upgrade the specifications of the resource package or purchase more resource
packages. The specification upgrade cannot take effect until the next reset
period, while the newly-purchased resource package will take effect
immediately.
Note: Currently, only some resettable resource packages support specification
upgrade. For details, see the specific cloud service page.
– For a non-resettable resource package, you can buy another resource
package on the cloud service console or on the Resource Packages page
of the Billing Center. The newly-purchased resource package takes effect
immediately.
Example:

A 500-GB CDN resource package takes effect from May 13, 2024 to
November 13, 2024. You will obtain 500-GB traffic in total during the
period. Before the package is used up, buy the resource package again in
case of usage interruption.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

If auto-renewal is not enabled for a resource package and the package is used up
before its expiration, the package expires immediately and cannot be renewed. You
can only purchase the package again on the Resource Packages page of the Billing
Center or on the cloud service console. If you need to continue using the resources,
you are advised to enable auto-renewal for the resource package or manually renew
the resource package before it is used up.
2. The resource package is about to expire.
Both resettable and non-resettable resource packages can be renewed to
prolong the effective period.
– After the resettable package is renewed, you can obtain the capacity of
the same specifications in each reset period.
Example:

A 100-GB OBS resource package is renewed with the renewal period set
to 1 year. You will obtain 100-GB traffic each month during the renewed
period.
– After the non-resettable resource package is renewed, the displayed
capacity is the total in the new effective period.
Example:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

A 500-GB CDN resource package is renewed with the renewal period set
to 6 months. You will obtain 500-GB traffic in total during the renewed
period.

NOTE

● The Renewals page does not display the expired resource packages or resource
packages that have been used up and auto-renewal is not enabled any longer. To view
and purchase resource packages, go to the Resource Packages page in the Billing
Center.
● If you choose to buy the resource package again, the new resource package takes effect
immediately. If you choose to renew the resource package, the renewal takes effect only
when the original resource package expires. For details, see How Do I Choose Between
Renew and Buy Again?.

2.2.4.2 Buying Resource Packages Again

After a resource package is used up in advance, the renewal cannot take effect
immediately, which causes the usage interruption. By click Buy Again, you can buy
the resource package in advance. In addition, you can make the resource package
take effect immediately or specify its effective time as required, avoiding the
service interruption.

For details, see How Do I Choose Between Renew and Buy Again?.

Application Scope
This operation is only applicable for the resource package of atomic products. Any
atomic products in a composite package cannot be bought again even if they are
renewed in the same manner as purchased.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● Show resource packages only is deselected by default. You can select it to view
resource packages only.
● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter resource packages and view the package
quantity.
● You can search for resource packages by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter
resource packages by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
resource packages by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.

You can query all atomic products to be bought again on the Manual Renewals,
Auto Renewals, Renewals Canceled pages.
Step 3 Identify the resource package you want to buy again on the Renewals page and
click Buy Again in the Operation column.

Step 4 Confirm the package information, usage duration, and effective time, and click
Pay.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● The OBS 40 GB standard storage package, OBS 50 GB outbound Internet traffic

package, and VBS 40 GB resource package cannot be bought again, because special
discounts have been given.
● Resource packages that are no longer available cannot be bought again.
● You can specify the effective time when buying a resource package again.

Step 5 Select discounts and a payment option, and click Pay.

Step 6 Click View order to view the order details.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

If you want to pay for the order later, you can close the payment page, and then
find the order in the Unpaid Orders page to pay for it.

----End

2.2.5 Non-Renewal After Expiration

If you no longer use a resource after it expires, you can set it to be not renewed
after expiration. The resource will be moved to the Renewals Canceled page.
For resources on the Renewals Canceled page, you can choose to manually
renew them, enable auto-renewal again, or restore to manually renewing them.
However, the preceding operations are not allowed for resources no longer
available.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

NOTE

● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter instances and view the instance quantity.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.
● The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. You can select them to hide or filter resource packages.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● On the Renewals Canceled page, you can query the instances that have been
set to be not renewed upon expiration.
● You can set instances on the Manual Renewals, Auto Renewals, and Pay-
per-Use After Expiration pages to be not renewed upon expiration.

Step 3 Click Cancel Renewal or choose More > Cancel Renewal in the Operation
column for the desired instance.

Step 4 On the displayed page, click OK.

----End

2.2.6 Changing the Billing Mode

2.2.6.1 Overview
If the current billing mode of resources does not meet service requirements, you
can change the billing mode to a more appropriate one.

Pay-per-use: Pay only for the actual resource usage.

Yearly/Monthly: Subscribe to resources for 1 month, 1 year, multiple months, or

multiple years. After the subscriptions are successful, resources are allocated to
customers. If customers do not renew these resources before they expire, the
resources will be released.

Chang From Pay-per-Use to From Yearly/Monthly to From Yearly/Monthly to

e Yearly/Monthly Pay-per-Use Upon Pay-per-Use Immediately
Expiration

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Scenari Your resource usage After a monthly/monthly Before a monthly/monthly

o becomes stable and will resource expires, you want resource expires, you want
be stable for a long time. to change the billing mode to change the billing mode
You want to spend less to pay-per-use to meet to pay-per-use immediately
money on the resource requirements on the flexible to meet requirements on
usage. resource usage. the flexible resource usage.

When 1. Immediately changed. 1. Changed after the 1. Immediately changed.

to 2. After the change takes resources expire. 2. After the change takes
Chang effect, the resources 2. After the change takes effect, the resources are
e are billed by effect, the resources are billed by usage.
subscription term. billed by usage.

NOTE

● If you change the billing mode from yearly/monthly to pay-per-use upon expiration, it
will not take effect immediately. You can cancel the change before the resource expires.
For details, see Restoring to Manual Renewal.
● If you change the billing mode from yearly/monthly to pay-per-use immediately, it
cannot be canceled.

2.2.6.2 From Pay-per-Use to Yearly/Monthly

You can change the billing mode of a resource from pay-per-use to yearly/
monthly. Doing so will create an order. After you pay the order, the yearly/monthly
subscription takes effect immediately.
Example:
Suppose that you purchased a pay-per-use ECS on September 21, 2018, 09:25:34,
and you changed the ECS's billing mode to yearly/monthly on October 15, 2018,
10:30:34 (a change-to-yearly/monthly order generated). After you paid for the
order, the ECS immediately entered the yearly/monthly billing mode.

Important Notes
● Only the billing mode of resources in the Enabled state can be changed.
● The billing mode of resources no longer available cannot be changed from
pay-per-use to yearly/monthly.
● The billing mode of solution portfolio products cannot be changed from pay-
per-use to yearly/monthly.
● The billing mode of spot instances cannot be changed from pay-per-use to
yearly/monthly.
● For cloud services changed from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly, if you select
Auto renew, monthly subscriptions are renewed for a one (1) month period
and yearly subscriptions are renewed for a one (1) year period.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTICE

To enter the page for changing the billing mode of a cloud service product to
yearly/monthly, go to the Console, locate the target cloud service product, and
perform the change operations.
For details about how to change the billing mode to yearly/monthly, see the user
guide of the cloud service product. Below are the relevant links to some products
changing from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly:
● ECS: Changing Pay-per-Use to Yearly/Monthly
● Cloud Container Engine: How Do I Change the Billing Mode of a CCE Cluster
from Pay-per-Use to Yearly/Monthly?

Procedure
The following uses an EIP as an example to describe how to change its billing
mode from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly.
Step 1 Log in to the management console.

Step 2 Click in the upper left corner, and select the desired region and project.
NOTE

On the My Resources page, you can view the region to which your purchased product
belongs.

Step 3 Choose Networking > Elastic IP.

Step 4 On the EIP list, select the target EIP.
Step 5 Choose More > Change Billing Mode in the Operation column.

NOTE

The billing mode of multiple EIPs can be changed in batches. To do so, perform the
following operations:
1. Select the target EIPs.
2. Choose More > Change Billing Mode in the Operation column.

Step 6 On the displayed page, confirm the information and click Yes.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 7 Select the usage duration, determine whether to enable auto-renewal, confirm the
expected expiration date and price, and click Submit.

Step 8 Select discounts and a payment method, and make your payment. Once paid, the
billing mode of that order becomes yearly/monthly.

----End

2.2.6.3 From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per-Use Upon Expiration

You can change the billing mode of resources from yearly/monthly to pay-per-use
upon expiration on the Renewals page of the Billing Center. The change will take
effect after the yearly/monthly resources expire.

Example:

Suppose that you purchased an ECS for the 1-year subscription on September 21,
2018, 09:25:34, and you changed the billing mode to pay-per-use on October 15,
2018, 10:30:34. On October 21, 2018, 23:59:59, the new billing mode took effect
and the ECS started being charged by usage.

Important Notes
● Only the billing mode of resources in the Enabled state can be changed.
● The billing mode of orders being processed cannot be changed to pay-per-use
upon expiration.
● If your account is frozen for legal management, the billing mode of all your
resources cannot be changed to pay-per-use upon expiration. If one of your
resources is frozen for legal management, the billing mode of the resource
cannot be changed to pay-per-use upon expiration.
● The billing mode of products no longer available cannot be changed to pay-
per-use upon expiration.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Before the yearly/monthly resources expire, their billing mode can be changed
to pay-per-use upon the expiration. The change will not take effect until the
subscription has expired.
● The billing mode of solution portfolio products cannot be changed to pay-per-
use upon expiration.
● The billing mode of resource packages cannot be changed to pay-per-use
upon expiration.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

NOTE

● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter instances and view the instance quantity.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.
● The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. You can select them to hide or filter resource packages.
● On the Pay-per-Use After Expiration page, you can view the instances whose
billing mode will be changed to pay-per-use upon expiration.
● You can set instances on the Manual Renewals, Auto Renewals, and
Renewals Canceled pages to be changed to pay-per-use upon expiration.
Step 3 The procedure for changing the billing mode of a single instance to pay-per-use
upon expiration is different from that for multiple instances.
● Single instance: Choose More > Change to Pay-per-Use After Expiration in
the Operation column for the desired instance.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Multiple resources: Select the check boxes for the desired instances, and click
Change to Pay-per-Use After Expiration on top of the list.

Step 4 Confirm the subscription change details, and click Change to Pay-per-Use After
Expiration.

----End

2.2.6.4 From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per-Use Immediately

You can change the billing mode of your resources from yearly/monthly to pay-
per-use immediately. When the order for the change is complete, the pay-per-use
billing will take effect immediately, and the remaining fees of the current period
will be refunded.

NOTICE

Make sure you have a valid payment method configured before you change the
billing mode. If your configured payment method is unable to pay for your bill,
your account will be in arrears. Once you do not pay off the outstanding amount
within the specified time, the resource will be frozen and cannot be used.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Prerequisites
You have passed real-name authentication.

Important Notes
● Only the billing mode of resources in the Enabled state can be changed.
● The billing mode of orders being processed cannot be changed to pay-per-use
immediately.
● If your account is frozen for legal management, the billing mode of all your
resources cannot be changed to pay-per-use immediately. If one of your
resources is frozen for legal management, the billing mode of the resource
cannot be changed to pay-per-use immediately.
● The billing mode of yearly/monthly instances in the grace period or retention
period cannot be changed to pay-per-use immediately.
● The billing mode of products no longer available cannot be changed to pay-
per-use immediately.
● Products participating in special reward activities cannot be changed to pay-
per-use immediately.
● The billing mode of yearly/monthly resources in trial use cannot be changed
to pay-per-use immediately.
● The billing mode of solution portfolio products cannot be changed to pay-per-
use immediately.
● The billing mode of resource packages cannot be changed to pay-per-use
immediately.
● Cloud services which do not support pay-per-use cannot be changed to pay-
per-use immediately.

Refund Rule
If you change the billing mode of resources from yearly/monthly to pay-per-use
immediately, the remaining fees of the resources in the current period will be
refunded. The rules are as follows:

1. When unsubscribing from resource instances, you will be billed handling fees.
If the instances are in use, the consumption amount will also be billed. The
used coupons will not be returned.
2. The formula for calculating the refund is for reference only. The actual
amount depends on the bill and expenditure details.
– Actual refund amount = Actual payment – Consumption amount –
Handling fee (If the calculated refund amount is less than 0, there will
be no refund.)
– Actual payment refers to the payment, excluding any payment in cash
coupons.
– Consumption amount = Actual payment x (Actual usage duration/
Subscribed period) (The actual usage duration is measured in days, and
the day when the billing mode is changed to pay-per-use is exclusive.)
– Handling fee: There is a handling fee for the billing mode change. Table
1 shows the handling fee details.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Table 2-1 Handling fee

Subscription Actual Usage 1 Year < Actual 2 Years <

Term Duration ≤ 1 Usage Actual Usage
Year Duration ≤ 2 Duration ≤ 3
Years Years

3-year Handling fee = Handling fee = Handling fee =

subscription 15% of your 10% of your 5% of your
actual payment actual payment actual payment

2-year Handling fee = Handling fee = -

subscription 15% of your 10% of your
actual payment actual payment

1-year Handling fee = - -

subscription 10% of your
actual payment

Monthly Handling fee = - -

subscription 10% of your
actual payment

NOTE

For details about refund rules, see Unsubscribing from In-Use Resources.

Procedure
Take an EIP as an example to describe how to change the billing mode from
yearly/monthly to pay-per-use immediately.

Step 1 Log in to the management console.

Step 2 Click in the upper left corner, and select the desired region and project.
NOTE

On the My Resources page, you can view the region to which your purchased product
belongs.

Step 3 Choose Networking > Elastic IP.

Step 4 On the EIP list, select the target EIP.

Step 5 Choose More > Change to Pay-per-Use Immediately in the Operation column.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

You can perform the following operations to change the billing mode of multiple yearly/
monthly EIPs to pay-per-use immediately at a time:
1. Select the EIPs whose billing mode will be changed to pay-per-use.
2. Choose More > Change to Pay-per-Use Immediately in the Operation column.

Step 6 On the displayed page, confirm the resource information and click Yes.

Step 7 Confirm the refund and billing details. Then, click Change to Pay-per-Use.

Step 8 After the order is complete, the change takes effect.

----End

2.2.7 Pricing of a Changed Specification

If the specifications of a yearly/monthly resource do not meet your service
requirements, you can change them on the cloud service console and pay for the
new specifications.

This section applies only to yearly/monthly subscriptions.

Billing
Specifications can be changed in the following ways:

● Upgrades: You change the current specification of a resource to a new, more

expensive specification and then pay for the difference.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Downgrades: You change the current specification of a resource to a new, less

expensive specification and Huawei Cloud refunds the difference.
● Disk capacity expansion: You expand the disk capacity and then pay for it.
NOTE

1. Due to the discount validity, the amount displayed on the operation page may be
different from that in the order. For the actual amount, see your order.
2. The upgrade and capacity expansion fees will be charged through monthly bill
settlement, account balance, credit card, or third-party online payment. The downgrade
fees will be refunded to the original account. For details, see Refunding.
3. When you initiate a specification upgrade or capacity expansion, the Billing Center will
generate an order for you. The fees on the order will not be changed, regardless of
whether the remaining duration changes. If you do not pay on the day of a
specification upgrade or capacity expansion, you can cancel the order and initiate a
change again.
4. The examples in this document are for reference only. The calculation results in these
examples contain only two decimal places. When calculating the fee for specifications
changes and capacity expansion, you are advised to retain at least eight decimal places,
ensuring consistency between the results calculated and presented.

Specification Upgrades
1. Rules:
– Upgrade fee (without any discount) = Price of the new specification x
Remaining duration - Price of the original specification x Remaining
duration
– Other scenarios:

▪ Upgrade fee with a discount = (Price of the new specification x

Remaining duration - Price of the original specification x Remaining
duration) x Discount

▪ Upgrade fee (with a fixed price) = (Price of the new specification x

Remaining duration – Price of the original configuration x Remaining
duration) x (Fixed price in the commerce for the new specifications/
List price for the new specifications of the corresponding subscription
term)

▪ Upgrade fee (with an amount off) = Price of the new specification x

Remaining duration - Price of the old specification x Remaining
duration - Amount off

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● Discounts: You can check whether there are any discounts available for your
account on Discounts in the Billing Center. For details, see How Do I Use
Discounts and Coupons When Paying for an Order?.
● Price of the new specification: It is calculated based on the billing mode (yearly
or monthly) and the remaining duration of an unexpired order. The unexpired
order can be either the currently valid order and the order about to take effect.
The calculation works as follows:
● The pricing depends on the billing mode (yearly or monthly) of the unexpired
order. If the unexpired order contains a yearly subscription, the new price is
matched to the yearly pricing; if it contains a monthly subscription, the new
price is matched to the monthly pricing.
● The remaining duration of the unexpired order is rounded up to the nearest
integer.
● The commercial/promotional discounts are matched to the subscription term.
For 1-year subscription, the 1-year commercial/promotional discounts are
used.
For example, a resource has the prices for the 1-year, 2-year, and 3-year
subscriptions. You purchased the resource with a 3-year subscription term and
upgraded the specifications after using it for 3 months. The remaining
duration was two years and nine months. The system would round the
remaining duration up to the nearest integer and find the price for the 3-year
subscription.
● Price of the original specification: It is calculated based on the purchased
subscription term.
● Remaining duration:
● Remaining duration = Remaining days in the calendar month/Total days in
the calendar month (The day on which the specification change is operated is
exclusive.)
For example, you purchased a monthly ECS on August 15, 2023 for one
month, and the resource would expire on September 15, 2023. On August 24,
2023, you changed the ECS specifications. Remaining duration = Remaining
days in August/Total days in August + Remaining days in September/Total
days in September = 7/31 + 15/30 = 0.72 months
● Remaining days of a yearly subscription = Remaining days/365 (The
remaining days do not include February 29 in the leap year or the day when
the specification change is operated.)
For example, you purchased a monthly ECS on November 1, 2023 for one
year, and the resource would expire on November 1, 2024. On December 1,
2023, you changed the ECS specifications. Remaining duration = Remaining
duration in 2023 + Remaining duration in 2024 = 30/365 + 305/365 = 0.92
years
2. Examples:
NOTE

The following prices are for reference only. For the actual prices, see Product Pricing
Details.
– Example 1 Specification upgrade without any discount
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly ECS of specification A
for one month. The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The
price of specification A was $120 USD/month, the amount due was
$120.00 USD, and the actual payment was $120.00 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you upgraded the ECS specifications from A to B.
The price of specification B was $150 USD/month. Remaining duration

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

(the day on which the change is operated is exclusive) = Remaining days

in November/Total days in November + Remaining days in December/
Total days in December=25/30 + 1/31 ≈ 0.86 months
Upgrade fee = Price of specification B x Remaining duration - Price of
specification A x Remaining duration = 150 x 0.86 - 120 x 0.86 ≈
$25.96 USD
– Example 2: Specification upgrade with a discount
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly ECS of specification A
for one month. The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The
price of specification A was $120 USD/month. You used the commercial
discount (10% off) and paid $108.00 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you upgraded the ECS specifications from A to B.
The price of specification B was $150 USD/month, and the commercial
discount (10% off) was applicable. Remaining duration (the day on which
the change is operated is exclusive) = Remaining days in November/Total
days in November + Remaining days in December/Total days in
December=25/30 + 1/31 ≈ 0.86 months
Upgrade fee = (Price of specification B x Remaining duration - Price
of specification A x Remaining duration) x Commercial discount =
(150 x 0.86 - 120 x 0.86) x 90% ≈ $23.37 USD
– Example 3: Specification upgrade with a fixed price
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly ECS of specification A
for one month. The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The
price of specification A was $120 USD/month, the amount due was
$120.00 USD, and the actual payment was $120.00 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you upgraded the ECS specifications from A to B.
The list price of specification B was $150 USD/month, and its fixed price
was $100 USD/month. Remaining duration (the day on which the change
is operated is exclusive) = Remaining days in November/Total days in
November + Remaining days in December/Total days in December=25/30
+ 1/31 ≈ 0.86 months
Upgrade fee = (List price of specification B x Remaining duration -
Price of specification A x Remaining duration) x (Fixed price
specification B /List price of specification B) = (150 x 0.86 - 120 x
0.86) x (100/150) ≈ $17.31 USD
NOTE

When resource specifications change, the amount due depends on the actual
price and any applicable discounts at the moment you make the purchase. In
some cases, you may neither need to make a payment nor be owed a refund, as
illustrated in example 2.

Specification Downgrades

NOTICE

In specification downgrades, the refunds are calculated based on the actual

payment. If you used cash coupons, discount coupons, or promotional price to
purchase the resources, the refunds may be 0.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

1. Rules:
Downgrade fee = Price of the remaining duration – Price of the new
specifications x Remaining duration x Discount (Cash coupons are exclusive,
and the refund will not be returned if the result is less than or equal to 0)
NOTE

● Price of the remaining duration = Actual payment/Total days in the

subscription term x Remaining days
For example, you purchased a monthly ECS for one month (30 days) and the
actual payment was $100.00 USD. You downgraded the specifications after using
the ECS for 10 days. Price of the remaining duration = 100/30 x 20 = $66.67 USD
● Price of the new specification: It is calculated based on the remaining duration.
The remaining duration is rounded down to the nearest integer to match the price
and discount. The commercial/promotional discounts are matched to the
subscription term. For example, if the subscription term is 1 year, the 1-year
commercial/promotional discounts are used.
For example, a resource has the prices for the 1-year, 2-year, and 3-year
subscriptions. You purchased the resource with a 3-year subscription term and
downgraded the specifications after using it for 3 months. The remaining duration
was two years and nine months. The system would round the remaining duration
down to the nearest integer and find the price for the 2-year subscription.
● Remaining duration: It is calculated in the same way as that in the specification
upgrades.
● Remaining duration = Remaining days in the calendar month/Total days in
the calendar month (The day on which the specification change is operated is
exclusive.)
● Remaining days of a yearly subscription = Remaining days/365. (The
remaining days do not include February 29 in the leap year or the day when
the specification change is operated.)
2. Cash coupons that have been used for the specifications will not be returned
when the specifications are downgraded.
3. Discounts applicable for the specification downgrade of yearly/monthly
resources include commercial discounts, authorized discounts, and promotion
discounts. When you initiate a specification downgrade, the system will select
the discounts for you according to relevant rules. You cannot select them by
yourselves.
NOTE

The rules for using discounts in specification downgrades of yearly/monthly

subscriptions are as follows:
1. The system selects the best discount from the applicable commercial discount,
partner authorized discount, and promotional discount. A promotional discount is
taken into account only when it was used in a historical order and is still valid.
2. If multiple promotional discounts were used in historical orders and are still valid,
the one that took effect most recently is taken into account.
3. If multiple promotional discounts that took effect at the same time were used in
historical orders and they all are still valid, the one that was used for the most
recent order is taken into account.
4. If there is no difference to use the commercial discount, partner authorized
discount, or promotional discount (used in a historical order and still valid), the
commercial discount is used first, then the partner authorized discount, and finally
the promotional discount.
4. Examples:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

The following prices are for reference only. For the actual prices, see Product Pricing
Details.
– Example 1: Specification downgrade without any discount
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly ECS of specification A
for one month. The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The
price of specification A was $120 USD/month, the amount due was
$120.00 USD, and the actual payment was $120.00 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you downgraded the ECS specifications from A to
B. The price of specification B was $90 USD/month. The remaining days
are 27 days (including the day when the specification downgrade is
performed). Remaining duration (the day on which the change is
operated is exclusive) = Remaining days in November/Total days in
November + Remaining days in December/Total days in December=25/30
+ 1/31 ≈ 0.86 months
Price of the remaining duration= Actual payment/Days of the subscription
term x Remaining duration = 120/30 x 27 = $108.00 USD
Refund = Price of the remaining duration - Price of specification B x
Remaining duration = 108 - 90 x 0.86 ≈ $30.09 USD
– Example 2: Specification downgrade with cash coupons used
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly ECS of specification A
for one month. The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The
price of specification A was $120 USD/month, and you used a cash
coupon ($60.00 USD) and actually paid $60.00 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you downgraded the ECS specifications from A to
B. The price of specification B was $90 USD/month. The remaining days
are 27 days (including the day when the specification downgrade is
performed). Remaining duration (the day on which the change is
operated is exclusive) = Remaining days in November/Total days in
November + Remaining days in December/Total days in December=25/30
+ 1/31 ≈ 0.86 months
Price of the remaining duration= Actual payment/Days of the subscription
term x Remaining duration = 60/30 x 27 = $54.00 USD (The used cash
coupons were not refunded.)
Refund = Price of the remaining duration - Price of specification B x
Remaining duration = 54 - 90 x 0.86 < 0
The refund amount is 0 by default. The downgrade is successful but no
refund is returned.
– Example 3: Specification downgrade with a discount
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly ECS of specification A
for one month. The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The
price of specification A was $120 USD/month. You used the commercial
discount (10% off) and paid $108.00 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you downgraded the ECS specifications from A to
B. The price of specification B was $90 USD/month, and the commercial
discount (10% off) was applicable. The remaining days are 27 days
(including the day when the specification downgrade is performed).
Remaining duration (the day on which the change is operated is

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

exclusive) = Remaining days in November/Total days in November +

Remaining days in December/Total days in December=25/30 + 1/31 ≈
0.86 months
Price of the remaining duration= Actual payment/Days of the subscription
term x Remaining duration = 108/30 x 27 = $97.20 USD
Refund = Price of the remaining duration - Price for specification B x
Remaining duration x discount = 97.20 - 90 x 0.86 x 90% = $27.08
USD

EVS Disk Capacity Expansion

NOTICE

The rules of calculating the specification upgrade fees do not apply to the EVS
capacity expansion fees.
The disk capacity can only be expanded, not reduced.

1. Rules:
Capacity expansion fee = Expanded capacity x Remaining duration x Unit
price of the capacity
NOTE

● Expanded capacity = New capacity - Original capacity

For example, if you purchased a 10-GB EVS and expanded it to 50 GB, the
expanded capacity was 40 GB.
● Capacity unit price is calculated based on the billing mode (yearly/monthly) and
the remaining duration of an unexpired order.
For example, an EVS has the prices for 1-year, 2-year, and 3-year subscriptions.
After purchasing the EVS for 1-year subscription, you renewed it for 8 months and
then renewed it for one year again. After using it for 3 months, you expanded its
capacity. The remaining duration was two years and five months. The system
would round the remaining duration up to the nearest integer and find the price
for the 3-year subscription.
● Remaining duration: It is calculated in the same way as that in the specification
upgrades.
● Remaining duration = Remaining days in the calendar month/Total days in
the calendar month (The day on which the specification change is operated is
exclusive.)
● Remaining days of a yearly subscription = Remaining days/365 (The
remaining days do not include February 29 in the leap year or the day when
the specification change is operated.)
2. The following prices are for reference only. For the actual prices, see Product
Pricing Details.
On November 1, 2023, you purchased a monthly 10-GB EVS for one month.
The resource would expire on December 1, 2023. The unit price of the EVS
was $0.35/GB/month, the amount due was $3.50 USD, and the actual
payment was $3.50 USD.
On November 5, 2023, you expanded the EVS capacity to 60 GB. Remaining
duration (excluding the day on which the capacity is expanded) = Remaining

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

days in November/Total days in November + Remaining days in December/

Total days in December= 25/30 + 1/31 ≈ 0.86 months
Capacity expansion fee= Expanded capacity x Remaining duration x Unit
price of the capacity = 50 x 0.86 x 0.35 ≈ $15.14 USD

2.2.8 Releasing Resources

You can release resources that are in the Expired or Frozen status if needed.

Important Notes
● The number of resource releases is not restricted.
● You can release resources by yourself and do not need to contact customer
service.
● If your account is frozen due to arrears or violation, all your resources can still
be released or deleted. If one of your resources is frozen due to arrears or
violation, the resource can still be released or deleted.
If your account is frozen for legal management, all your resources cannot be
released or deleted. If one of your resources is frozen for legal management,
the resource cannot be released or deleted.
● Resources bound to a primary resource are released together with the primary
resource. Resources attached to a primary resource are not released together
with the primary resource and can still be used.
Example:
Suppose that you purchased a yearly/monthly ECS with the flavor s6.small.1
and with a VPC network configured, and a 40 GB general-purpose SSD was
attached as the system disk. When you release the ECS, the 40 GB general-
purpose SSD attached will also be released, but the VPC network can still be
used.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● If you select Expired or Frozen, you can search for the instances to be released.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.

On the Manual Renewals, Auto Renewals, Pay-per-Use After Expiration, and

Renewals Canceled pages, you can release expired or frozen instances.

Step 3 Click More > Release in the Operation column for the desired instance.

NOTICE

After an instance is released, the instance and its data cannot be restored.
Exercise caution when performing this operation.
Instances in the orders being processed cannot be released.

Step 4 Check the information of the instance to be released and click Release.

Step 5 Click OK.

----End

2.2.9 Exporting the Renewal Data

2.2.9.1 Exporting Renewal Prices

You can export the price list for all resources that are to be renewed. A maximum
of 10,000 records can be exported at a time.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Click Export, and select Export Renewal Prices.

Step 3 Click Download in the Operation column to download the file on the Export
History page.

NOTE

IAM users can only view and download their own exported files, but cannot view or
download other exported files of their account or exported files of other IAM users under
their account.

----End

2.2.9.2 Exporting Pending Renewals

Before renewing an instance, you can export your renewal list to request funds
from your finance department.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● You can use the Expires field to quickly filter instances and view the instance quantity.
● You can search for instances by instance name, ID, or order number, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project.
● Only when the enterprise project management function is enabled, you can filter
instances by enterprise project.
● Resources with orders pending payment can be operated only after these orders are
paid or canceled. The Do not show resources that have orders pending payment
option is deselected by default. You can select it to hide resources with orders pending
payment.
● The Do not show resource packages and Show resource packages only options are
deselected by default. You can select them to hide or filter resource packages.

On the Manual Renewals, Auto Renewals, Pay-per-Use After Expiration, and

Renewals Canceled pages, you can view all instances to be renewed and
manually renew these instances.
Step 3 Select the instance. Click Export, and select Export Pending Renewals.

NOTE

● Resources no longer available cannot be exported in batches.

● The bills for at most 200 renewed resources can be exported at a time.

Step 4 On the displayed page, select the renewal duration, and click Export.

Step 5 Click Download in the Operation column to download the file on the Export
History page.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

----End

2.2.10 Resource Statuses

Resource Status Description

Provisioned The yearly/monthly subscription or resource

package is within the validity period.

Expired The yearly/monthly subscription has expired but

has not been renewed, and it is now in the grace
period.

Frozen The yearly/monthly subscription has expired but

has still not been renewed when the grace period
ends, and it is now in the retention period.

2.3 My Orders

2.3.1 Paying for Orders

You can pay for an order on the My Orders page.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the My Orders page.

Step 2 You can enter an order No. to search for orders to be paid, or filter these orders by
creation time, service type, order type, or order status.

Step 3 Click Pay for the target order.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 4 Select discounts and a payment method, and click Pay.

NOTE

You can also go to the Unpaid Orders page to pay for an order. For details, Unpaid Orders
> Paying for Orders.

----End

2.3.2 Automatic Payments

With automatic payments enabled, you will be automatically charged to your
primary payment method after you place orders. You can view the order status on
the My Orders page.

Table 2-2 Automatic payments

Scenario Order Status Action Required

Automatic payments Pending payment Make a manual

disabled payment.

Automatic payments Processing or completed None.

enabled (payment
succeeded)

Automatic payments Pending payment Make a manual

enabled (payment payment.
failed)

Application Scenario
Automatic payments can be used for new purchase for resources such as reserved
instances, manual renewal of subscriptions, resource specification upgrades, and
changes to billing mode from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly.

Automatic Payment Rules

1. Payment Sequence
The system can automatically pay bills from your account balance (including
the cash balance and credit balance) or (preferred) using monthly settlement.
Discounts and cash coupons can also be used in the following sequence:
Discount (only one at a time) → Cash coupon (only one at a time) →
Account balance (cash balance first and then credit balance) or monthly
settlement
If both discounts and cash coupons are applicable, the system uses them in
sequence.
2. Discounts Usage
The system selects the highest discount from the applicable discounts
(commercial discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts). A promotional discount is taken into account only when it was
used in a historical order and is still valid.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

NOTE

● A historical order is created when a subscription is renewed, changed, or placed

again.
Assume that you placed order A for a service and then place order B to update the
service's specifications. Order A is a historical order for order B. If a promotional
discount was applied in order A and is still valid, the system can apply this discount
when it automatically pays for order B.
● If the same price is obtained after each discount is applied, the sequence of using
the discounts: commercial discount > partner authorized discount > the
promotional discount.
● The commercial discounts for yearly subscriptions are applied based on the pricing
term, not the subscription term. For example, the 1-year commercial discounts can
only be applied for 1-year subscription, no matter how many years the total
subscription term covers.
Example 1
A customer had a commercial discount (20% off), partner authorized discount
(10% off), and promotional discount (30% off) for the same service. The
customer placed an order for the service on November 20, 2020. There was
no historical order for which the promotional discount was applied, so the
system selected the commercial discount (20% off) when calculating the price
of the order.
Example 2
A customer placed an order with a commercial discount (20% off) applied on
November 20, 2020. On December 20, 2020, the customer placed another
order for the same service. Although there are applicable commercial
discounts (20% off), partner authorized discounts (10% off), and promotional
discounts (30% off), the system selected the commercial discount (20% off)
for the second order, considering that the promotional discount was not
applied in the historical order.
Example 3
A customer placed an order with a promotional discount (25% off) applied on
November 20, 2020. On December 20, 2020, the customer placed another
order for the same service. The customer had a commercial discount (20%
off), partner authorized discount (10% off), and promotional discounts (25%
off and 30% off, respectively) for the service. The promotional discount (25%
off) had been applied in the historical order and is the best among all
discounts, so the system selected it when calculating the price of the order.
3. Coupon Usage
The following rules apply only to valid cash coupons:
a. Huawei Cloud searches all valid cash coupons of the account.

▪ If the balance of multiple valid cash coupons can cover the payment,
Huawei Cloud deducts the amount to be paid from the coupon with
the maximum balance for the payment.

▪ If the balance of any valid cash coupon cannot cover the payment,
Huawei Cloud selects the one with the maximum balance and will
automatically deduct the remaining amount from the account
balance (including the cash balance and credit balance) or settle at
the end of the month.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

b. If multiple cash coupons have the same balance, Huawei Cloud prefers
the cash coupon that expires earliest.
c. After requesting the automatic payment, Huawei Cloud locks the amount
to be deducted from the selected cash coupon. After the payment is
complete, the amount is deducted. If the payment fails or times out, the
amount is unlocked.
4. In the automatic payment for a composite product (for example, ECS + image
+ EVS), Huawei Cloud charges only the products provided by itself. You need
to contact the third-party service provider for the payment details of its
products.

2.3.3 Canceling Orders

You can cancel an order on the My Orders page.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the My Orders page.

Step 2 You can enter an order No. to search for orders to be canceled, or filter these
orders by creation time, service type, order type, or order status.

Step 3 Click Cancel for the target order.

NOTE

When a combined order is canceled, all orders stated in the combined order are canceled
together.

Step 4 In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.

NOTE

● You can also go to the Unpaid Orders page to cancel an unpaid order. For details, see
Unpaid Orders > Canceling Orders.
● If the order cannot be paid, it will be automatically canceled. For details, see Why Is My

Order Automatically Canceled?. You can click to check the cancellation reason.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

2.3.4 Viewing Order Details

Order details include information about the order itself, ordered resources, and
order amount.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the My Orders page.
Step 2 You can enter an order No. to search for orders, or filter orders by creation time,
service type, order type, or order status.

Step 3 Click Details for the target order.

NOTE

If the order status is Processing, indicates that resources are being created and
indicates that the order contains a resource that failed to be created.
● The time it takes to process an order varies according to the specific cloud service
product. Generally, it is within 10 minutes.
● If your cloud service order has any resources that fail to be provisioned, you will be
automatically unsubscribed from the resources. You can view the refund information on
the order details page.
● If an order is Pending payment, you can pay for or cancel the order on the
order details page.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● If an order is Completed, you can view the resources on the order details
page. If a resource is renewed, changed, or unsubscribed from, you can view
the transaction details.

NOTE

Three transaction records are displayed by default on the transaction details page.
When there are more than three transaction records, View all records is displayed.
You can click View all records. You can filter transaction records by transaction type,
time, or order No.

----End

2.3.5 Exporting Orders

You can export all orders and download the order list.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the My Orders page.

Step 2 Set search criteria and click Export All in the upper left corner of the order list.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 3 After the export is complete, the Export History page is automatically displayed.
After the file to be exported is ready, click Download in the Operation column to
download the file.

NOTE

IAM users can only view and download its own exported files, but not the exported files of
Huawei Cloud account or exported files of other IAM users under this account.

----End

2.3.6 Order Statuses

Table 2-3 Order statuses

Order Status Description

Pending payment The order has been submitted and is pending payment.

Pending approval ● The purchase order has been submitted and is pending
approval.
● The unsubscription request has been submitted and is
pending approval.

Refund in progress The unsubscription or return order has been submitted

and the refund is in progress.

Processing The order has been submitted and the resource is being
provisioned.

Completed The subscriptions, changes, renewals, or unsubscriptions

have completed.

Canceled The order has been canceled by the customer or the

system.

Pending review The order has been placed by an account manager on

behalf of their customer and is pending review.

2.4 Unsubscriptions

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

2.4.1 Overview
You can unsubscribe from in-use resources, inactive resources, renewal periods,
and resources that failed to be created or changed. Table 1 describes the
unsubscription rules in different scenarios, including whether handling fees are
charged and whether coupons can be returned.
Unsubscribing from in-use resources, inactive resources, and renewal periods may
involve large-amount unsubscriptions (over $1000 USD). For details, see
Precautions When You Unsubscribe from Resources Over $1000 USD.

Table 2-4 Unsubscription rules

Scenario Expenditure Handling Fee Coupon Returned
Involved Required

Unsubscribing Yes Yes No

from Resources
in Use

Unsubscribing No No Yes
from Inactive
Resources

Unsubscribing No No Yes
from a Renewal
Period

Unsubscribing No No Yes
from a Resource
That Failed to Be
Created or
Changed

NOTE

● If you do not need a yearly/monthly resource, you can unsubscribe from the resource
based on the unsubscription rules and obtain the refund. If you do not need a pay-per-
use resource, you can delete it on the console, and no refund is involved.
● If the returned coupons expire or become invalid, the coupons cannot be used again.
● Unsubscriptions are not allowed for some services. For details, see Unsubscription Not
Allowed.
● You can view the help documents of specific unsubscription scenarios for detailed rules
and operations.
● After the unsubscription is successful, the refund will be returned to your Huawei Cloud
account or to your payment account. For details, see Refunding.

2.4.2 Unsubscribing from In-Use Resources

2.4.2.1 Instructions
After you purchase a yearly/monthly subscription, you can unsubscribe from the
in-use resources in the subscription. If you have renewed the subscription, you are

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

also allowed to unsubscribe from the in-use resources in the subscription and the
renewal period that has not taken effect. You can unsubscribe from resources on
the Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center.

Important Notes
● Solution product portfolios and smaller packages can only be unsubscribed
from in their entirety.
● In any given order, bound resources must be unsubscribed from in their
entirety, but attached resources can be unsubscribed from separately.
Example: A customer has purchased a yearly/monthly ECS with a 40 GB
general-purpose SSD bound as the system disk and with a VPC network
configured. When unsubscribing from the ECS, the customer needs to
unsubscribe from it together with the 40 GB general-purpose SSD, but the
VPC network can be unsubscribed separately.
● The following services can be unsubscribed from in batches: Elastic Cloud
Server (ECS), Elastic Volume Service (EVS), Relational Database Service (RDS),
Virtual Private Cloud (VPC), and Cloud Container Engine (CCE).

NOTICE

1. Before unsubscription, ensure that data on the resources to be unsubscribed

from has been backed up or migrated. After the unsubscription, the resources
will be deleted, and the data on them cannot be restored.
2. Your request for unsubscribing from an order of more than $1000 USD needs to
be reviewed by your account manager. If your account manager does not
review it within 24 hours, your request will be approved automatically. For
more details, see Precautions When You Unsubscribe from Resources Over
$1000 USD.

2.4.2.2 Unsubscription Rules

Unsubscription Rules for Yearly/Monthly Subscriptions

1. When unsubscribing from resource instances, you will be billed handling fees.
If the instances are in use, the consumption amount will also be billed. The
used coupons will not be returned.
– The consumption amount and unsubscription handling fee refer to the
cash used.
2. The formula for calculating the unsubscription fee is for reference only. The
actual amount depends on the bill and expenditure details.
– Actual refund amount = Actual payment – Consumption amount –
Unsubscription handling fee (If the calculated refund amount is less
than 0, there will be no refund.)
– Actual payment
This is the actually paid amount excluding the applicable coupons.
– Consumption amount = Actual payment x (Actual usage duration/
Subscribed period) (The actual usage duration is measured in days, and
the unsubscription day is exclusive.)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

On June 14, 2024, you purchased a monthly EVS disk with the 31-day
total duration (including the day you purchased it). The resource would
expire on July 14, 2024. You unsubscribed from the disk on June 21, 2024,
and the actual usage duration was 7 days (from June 14, 2024 to June
20, 2024, excluding the unsubscription day).
– Handling fee: There is a handling fee for unsubscription, unless the free
handling fee is specified in the effective framework contract for the
customer.
The handling fee depends on the actual usage duration and subscription
term, as shown in Table 1.

Table 2-5 Unsubscription handling fee

Subscription Actual Usage 1 Year < Actual 2 Years <
Term Duration ≤ 1 Usage Actual Usage
Year Duration ≤ 2 Duration ≤ 3
Years Years

3-year Handling fee = Handling fee = Handling fee =

subscription 15% of your 10% of your 5% of your
actual payment actual payment actual payment

2-year Handling fee = Handling fee = -

subscription 15% of your 10% of your
actual payment actual payment

1-year Handling fee = - -

subscription 10% of your
actual payment

Monthly Handling fee = - -

subscription 10% of your
actual payment

Example 1: Unsubscribing from a resource which is not renewed

You spent $90.00 USD on June 14, 2024 in purchasing a monthly EVS disk
with the 31-day total duration (including the day you purchased it). The
resource would expire on July 14, 2024. You used 10-USD cash coupons
and actually paid $80.00 USD.
On June 21, 2024, you unsubscribed from the EVS disk after using it for 7
days. The refund is as follows:
Refund amount = Actual payment ($80.00 USD) – Amount due
($18.07 USD) – Handling fee ($8.00 USD) = $53.93 USD
In which:

▪ Consumption amount = Actual payment x (Actual usage duration/

Subscribed period) = 80.00 x (7/31) = $18.07 USD

▪ Handling fee = Actual payment x Ratio = 80.00 x 10% = $8.00 USD

▪ The used cash coupons is not returned.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Example 2: Unsubscribing from a resource which has been renewed

You spent $300.00 USD on March 1, 2024 in purchasing a monthly ECS
for three months. The total duration is 93 days (including the day you
purchased it). The resource would expire on June 1, 2024. You actually
paid $300.00 USD.
On March 21, 2024, you spent $100.00 USD in renewing the resource for
one month, and the resource would expire on July 1, 2024. You actually
paid $100.00 USD.
On April 1, 2024, you unsubscribed from the ECS. You had used it for 31
days. The refund is as follows:
Refund amount = Actual payment for the purchase ($300.00 USD) –
Consumption amount ($100.00 USD) – Handling fee ($30.00 USD) +
Actual payment for the renewal ($100.00 USD) = $270.00 USD
In which:

▪ Consumption amount = Actual payment x (Actual usage duration/

Subscribed period) = 300.00 x (31/93) = $100.00 USD

▪ Handling fee = Actual payment x Ratio = 300.00 x 10% = $30.00 USD

Unsubscription Rules for Reserved Instances

Table 2 describes the calculation formulas of refunds for reserved instances and
the payment modes. See the unsubscription page for the final refund amount.

Table 2-6 Refund calculation formulas and payment methods

Full Upfront No Upfront

Fee Remaining value – Handling fee Handling fee

Remai Cash x Remaining period/Total ——

ning period
value

Unsub Prepaid amount (= Cash + Cash Amount per hour x Total

scripti coupons) x Remaining period/ subscribed hours x Remaining
on Total period x 12% period/Total period x 12%
handli
ng fee

Calcul Cash x Remaining period/Total Amount per hour x Total

ation period – Prepaid amount (= Cash subscribed hours x Remaining
formul + Cash coupons) x Remaining period/Total period x 12%
a period/Total period x 12%
(Cleared when the unsubscribed
amount is less than 0)

Payme Money returned to customers by Payment to Huawei from

nt Huawei is paid immediately upon customers is settled monthly.
metho unsubscription. Coupons dedicated for RIs can be
d used if there are.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Used coupons will not be returned when you unsubscribe from an all-upfront
reserved instance.
● Order amount = Prepaid amount (= Cash + Cash coupons) + Amount per hour
x Total subscribed hours.
● Unsubscription handling fee = Order amount x Remaining period/Total period
x 12%. For a no-upfront reserved instance, the handling fee is deducted based
on the following order of priority: Cash coupons > Balance.
● Remaining period: The remaining valid hours starting from the next hour. For
example, if the unsubscription occurs at 10:30, the remaining period is
calculated starting from 11:00.
● For an all-upfront reserved instance, if the calculated refund amount is less
than 0, it is cleared and no payment is needed from the customer.
Example 1
Suppose you purchased a 1-year reserved instance and paid $100 USD ($50 USD
cash coupon + $50 USD balance) in advance. Half a year later, you want to
unsubscribe from the reserved instance. The remaining value of the reserved
instance is $25 USD and the handling fee is $6 USD. In this case, an actual refund
of $19 USD is all returned to the account balance.
Example 2
Suppose you purchased a 1-year reserved instance and paid $100 USD ($90 USD
cash coupon + $10 USD balance) in advance. Half a year later, you want to
unsubscribe from the reserved instance. The remaining value of the reserved
instance is $5 USD and the handling fee is $6 USD. In this case, the refund amount
is less than $0 USD, no refund will be returned and no payment is required from
the customer.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center.
Step 2 Choose Unsubscribe from In-Use Resources > Unsubscription Allowed.
Step 3 Unsubscribe from a single instance or multiple instances in a batch based on the
actual requirements.
NOTE

1. You can search for instances by instance name, order number, or ID, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project. Only when the enterprise project
management function is enabled, you can filter instances by enterprise project.
2. If you unsubscribe from instances in a batch, a combined transaction order is generated.
On the combined order details page, click the order number of an instance to view the
detailed unsubscription and refund of the instance.
● Single unsubscription: Click Unsubscribe from Resource in the Operation
column for the instance which you want to unsubscribe from.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Batch unsubscription: Select the target instances from the list and click
Batch Unsubscribe on top of the list.

Step 4 View the unsubscription information and refunds. Select the unsubscription
reasons, select the confirmation checkbox, and then click Confirm.

NOTE

In the unsubscription from a composite product (for example, ECS + image + EVS), of which
some are provided by Huawei Cloud and others by a third party, Huawei Cloud refunds you
only the fees for the products charged by itself. You need to contact the specific service
provider for the refund details.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

2.4.2.3 Unsubscription Not Allowed

Any unsubscriptions from resources are not allowed in any of the following
scenarios. You can go to the Orders > Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center,
and choose Unsubscribe from In-Use Resources > Unsubscription Not Allowed
to view the reason why these resources in use cannot be unsubscribed from.

1. Common unsubscriptions not allowed

– Free cloud services
– Trial cloud services
– One-off billed cloud services
– Resource package products (excluding cloud server backups and data
warehouses)
– Products for which other transactions are in progress
– Expired cloud services
– Account frozen for legal management. If your account is frozen due to
violation, all your resources cannot be unsubscribed from. If one of your
resources is frozen due to violation, that resource cannot be unsubscribed
from.
– KooGallery cloud service for which an invoice has been issued, or
resources for which an invoice has been issued to a partner
– Orders associated with a standard sales contract
– Cloud services that have participated in a special reward event, such as
promotion packages, promotion coupons, promotion coupon gift packs,
discount coupon plans, lucky draws, and recommendation for gift (cloud
bean)
– DevCloud products
2. KooGallery products that you cannot unsubscribe from
You cannot unsubscribe from KooGallery products. See Unsubscription Rules
for details.
3. Other unsubscriptions not allowed
– Resources are unavailable.
– You have purchased a portfolio subscription.
– The subscription relationship records have been dumped.
– You have subscribed to a support plan and have already used some of the
benefits it provides.
– A senior benefit has been used for trial.
4. Cloud services that you cannot unsubscribe from:

No. Cloud Service

1 HUAWEI CLOUD Meeting

2 SSL Certificate Service

3 Dedicated Computing Cluster (DCC)

4 Anti-DDoS Service (AAD)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

No. Cloud Service

5 API gateways

6 Simple Message Notification (SMN)

7 IoT Device Access (loTDA)

8 Direct Connect

9 Contact Center

10 Artificial Intelligence Service

11 Machine Learning Service

12 Elasticsearch Service

13 Dedicated Cloud Bare Metal Server

14 Dedicated Cloud Server Backup

15 Dedicated Cloud Storage

16 CCE Agile (HCS)

5. The following types of resources are not displayed on the Orders >
Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center:
– One-time use products, which become invalid immediately after purchase
– Reserved instances which need to be unsubscribed from on the specific
cloud service page

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Orders > Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center, and choose
Unsubscribe from In-Use Resources > Unsubscription Not Allowed.

Step 2 Locate the target instance and view the reason why it cannot be unsubscribed
from.

----End

2.4.3 Unsubscribing from Inactive Resources

Inactive resources are those in a resource package or add-on package you have
purchased again, for which you have specified an effective time. In an

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

unsubscription from an inactive resource, no handling fees are charged and the
used cash coupons are returned.

NOTE

Your request for unsubscribing from an order of more than $1000 USD needs to be
reviewed by your account manager. If your account manager does not review it within 24
hours, your request will be approved automatically. For more details, see Precautions
When You Unsubscribe from Resources Over $1000 USD.

Scenarios When These Resources Cannot Be Unsubscribed From

You cannot unsubscribe from inactive resources when any of the following
conditions exists.

● Other transactions for the resource are in progress.

● Special unsubscriptions from the resource are being requested.
● The subscription was part of any promotional events and invoices were issued
(issued from KooGallery cloud services or issued to partners).
● Your account or a specific resource was frozen for legal management.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center.

Step 2 Choose Unsubscribe from Inactive Resources > Unsubscription Allowed.

Step 3 Unsubscribe from a single inactive instance or instances in a batch based on the
actual requirements.
NOTE

1. You can search for instances by instance name, order number, or ID, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project. Only when the enterprise project
management function is enabled, you can filter instances by enterprise project.
2. If you unsubscribe from inactive instances in a batch, a combined transaction order is
generated. On the combined order details page, click the order number of an instance
to view the detailed unsubscription and refund of the instance.
● Single unsubscription: Click Unsubscribe from Resource in the Operation
column for the instance which you want to unsubscribe from.

● Batch unsubscription: Select the target instances from the list and click
Batch Unsubscribe on top of the list.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Step 4 View the unsubscription information and refunds. Select the unsubscription
reason, and click Confirm.

----End

2.4.4 Unsubscribing from a Renewal Period

If a resource is renewed, you can choose to unsubscribe from the renewal period.
You can only unsubscribe from a renewal period that has not taken effect. If a
renewal period has already taken effect, you can only unsubscribe from the
resources involved.
When there is more than one renewal period that has not taken effect, you can
choose the resource's expiration time to unsubscribe from multiple renewal
periods.

NOTE

● In an unsubscription from a renewal period that has not yet taken effect, no handling
fees are charged and the used cash coupons are returned. Unsubscribing from a renewal
period that has already taken effect is equivalent to unsubscribing from a resource. For
details, see the rules of unsubscribing from in-use resources.
● Your request for unsubscribing from an order of more than $1000 USD needs to be
reviewed by your account manager. If your account manager does not review it within
24 hours, your request will be approved automatically. For more details, see Precautions
When You Unsubscribe from Resources Over $1000 USD.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

Scenarios When a Renewal Period Cannot Be Unsubscribed From

You cannot unsubscribe from a renewal period in the following situations:

● If another transaction is in progress for a resource, you cannot unsubscribe

from the renewal period.
● If you perform a change operation before a renewal period takes effect, you
can only unsubscribe from the resource and cannot unsubscribe from the
renewal period.
● If you add a subsidiary resource after you have successfully renewed your
yearly/monthly resources, you can only unsubscribe from the resources and
cannot unsubscribe from the renewal period. If you add a subsidiary resource
and then renew your yearly/monthly resources, you can unsubscribe from the
renewal period.
● If there is a bandwidth add-on package, you cannot unsubscribe from the
renewal period. You must unsubscribe from the add-on package before
unsubscribing from the renewal period.
● If the renewal order was made during a promotional event or an invoice has
been issued for the order (issued from KooGallery cloud services or issued to
partners), you cannot unsubscribe from the renewal period.
● You cannot unsubscribe from a renewal period of CloudSite.
● Your account or a specific resource was frozen for legal management.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Unsubscriptions page in the Billing Center.

Step 2 Choose Unsubscribe from Renewal Period > Unsubscription Allowed.

Step 3 You can unsubscribe from the renewal period of a single instance or renewal
periods of instances in a batch based on the actual requirements.
NOTE

1. You can search for instances by instance name, order number, or ID, or filter instances
by product type, region, or enterprise project. Only when the enterprise project
management function is enabled, you can filter instances by enterprise project.
2. If you unsubscribe from the renewal periods in a batch, a combined transaction order is
generated. On the combined order details page, click the order number to view the
detailed unsubscription and refund.
● Signal unsubscription from a renewal period: Click Unsubscribe from
Renewal Period in the Operation column for the instance whose renewal
period you want to unsubscribe from.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

● Batch unsubscription from renewal periods: Select the target instances

whose renewal periods you want to unsubscribe from and click Batch
Unsubscribe on top of the list.

Step 4 Click Expand to view the unsubscription details. Select the new expiration time,
view the refund details, and confirm the renewal period to be unsubscribed from.
Then, click Confirm.

Step 5 Confirm the message displayed in the dialog box and click Yes.

Step 6 After the unsubscription request is submitted, you can view the unsubscription
progress on the order details page.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

----End

2.4.5 Unsubscribing from a Resource That Failed to Be Created

or Changed
If your order has any resources that failed to be provisioned, these resources will
be automatically unsubscribed from.

Important Notes
● When you unsubscribe from a resource that fails to be created or changed, no
handling fees will be charged, the amount due will not be charged, and cash
coupons will be returned.
● For details about the provisioning status of a resource in an order, see
Viewing Order Details.
● If a portfolio product (such as solution portfolio and smaller package,
excluding DevCloud packages) has resources that failed to be provisioned, you
will be automatically unsubscribed from all the resources in the product.
● If the billing mode fails to be changed from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly,
automatic unsubscription is allowed.
NOTE

If a partner uses coupons for payment, the coupons the partner's reseller customers
used to pay for their existing orders will not be returned during resource
unsubscriptions.

2.4.6 Refunding
After submitting an order for unsubscription, specification downgrade, or changing
the billing mode immediately to Pay-per-Use, you can view the refund progress
and the refunded amount on the order details page. If the order has been
completed, you can choose Billing > Bills to view refund details. For more
information, see Viewing Bills.
1. The refund process varies according to your payment option.
– Paid using your Huawei Cloud account balance: After the order
processing is complete, the refund will be returned to your Huawei Cloud
account within 1 working day.
– Paid using a third-party online payment (such as a credit card) or an
added credit card: After the order processing is complete, the refund will

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85

Billing Center
User Guide 2 Orders

be returned to your payment account within 7 working days. You can

contact your bank to learn about the detailed banking procedures and
money arrival time.
– Paid using monthly-settlement: After the order processing is complete,
the refund will be settled at the end of the month. The refund for
unsubscription is included in the bill for the month when the
unsubscription is successful.
2. If you paid using coupons, see refund details in Will Used Coupons Be
Returned During My Resource Unsubscriptions?.
3. If your unsubscription or specification downgrade order requires approvals,
the refund will be returned only after the order is approved and in the
Completed state. If you need an urgent approval, contact customer service or
your account manager.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86

Billing Center
User Guide 3 Resource Packages

3 Resource Packages

You can view your subscribed pay-per-use resource packages on the Resource
Packages page.

Background Information
A resource package is a resource quota you buy in advance. Huawei preferentially
deducts the pay-per-use resource usage from the eligible resource package.
If the resource package is used up or expires, Huawei Cloud charges the resource
based on its pay-per-use price. Click Here to view the price details.
See Deduction Rules for Resource Packages for information about how your
pay-per-use resource packages will be used to pay for your cloud services.
See Querying Resource Packages and Querying the Resource Usage for details
about how to use APIs to query resource packages.

Viewing the List of Resource Packages

Step 1 Go to the Resource Packages page.
Step 2 Click the Resource Packages tab to view the list of pay-per-use resource
packages.

● Click a resource package name/ID to view its details.

– Click Usage Statistics to view the deduction chart of the service.
– Click Export Deduction Details to export the usage details.
– Deduction mode: Resource packages can be resettable or unresettable.

▪ Resettable resource package: Its capacity decreases linearly, and is

cleared at the end of each reset period and restored at the beginning
of the next reset period until the package expires.
For example, if the memory of a monthly resettable Cloud Container
Instance resource package is 2,920 GB*hour/month and the package

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87

Billing Center
User Guide 3 Resource Packages

is valid from 2019/07/01 00:00:00 to 2020/07/01 00:00:00, 2,920

GB*hour of memory can be deducted each month within the validity
period.

▪ Unresettable resource package: Its capacity decreases linearly and is

deducted continuously.
For example, if the total capacity of an unresettable Image Tagging
resource package is 10,000 times and the package is valid from
2019/07/01 00:00:00 to 2020/07/01 00:00:00, 10,000 times can be
deducted within the validity period.
● Click the order No. to go to the Billing Center > My Orders page and view
the order details.
● Click Renew or Buy Again. On the renewal page that is displayed, select a
renewal duration and click Pay.

----End

Viewing Remaining Quotas

Step 1 Go to the Resource Packages page.

Step 2 Click the Remaining Quotas tab. The remaining usage of resource packages is
displayed.

The usage of resource packages with the same specifications is displayed as a

whole.

----End

Viewing Usage Details

Step 1 Go to the Resource Packages page.

Step 2 Click the Usage Details tab.

Step 3 View the usage of your resource packages over the last 18 months.
NOTE

You can view the usage details of your resource packages by Started within a time range of
90 days.

----End

Configuring Usage Alert

You can click Usage Alert in the upper right corner of the page to configure usage
alerts for resource packages.

● On the Usage Alert page, set the remaining usage threshold to either a
percentage or an absolute value. For detailed field description, see Table 1.
Once the threshold type is changed, the original settings will become invalid.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88

Billing Center
User Guide 3 Resource Packages

Table 3-1 Usage Alert fields

Threshold Description Setting
Type

Percentage Percentage of a resource ● Separated settings

package remaining Select one or more
resource packages from
the list, and set their
thresholds one by one.
● Batch settings
Click Batch Alerting, and
select a threshold from
the Remaining Usage
Threshold drop-down list
to set one percentage
threshold for all resource
packages.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89

Billing Center
User Guide 3 Resource Packages

Threshold Description Setting

Type

Absolute Absolute amount of a ● Separated settings

value resource package remaining Select one or more
resource packages from
the list, and set their
thresholds one by one.
● Batch settings
Click Batch Alerting, and
set one absolute-value
threshold for all resource
packages.

Custom Combination of percentage ● Select one or more

or absolute value resource packages from
thresholds. the list, and set their
thresholds one by one.
● Batch Alerting is not
available.

● When the remaining usage of a resource package reaches the threshold, you
will be notified via SMS or email.
● If a new resource package is purchased or an existing one is renewed, the
total usage will change. In this case, the remaining usage will be evaluated
again.
● The usage will be calculated separately for each region.
● When multiple resource packages are used at a time, the total remaining
quota of these resource packages is counted.
● Usage alerting is not supported for resource packages that are reset by hour,
day, or week.

Exporting a Resource Package

Step 1 Go to the Resource Packages page.

Step 2 Click Resource Packages.

Step 3 Click Export, select what you want to export, and click OK.

Step 4 Go to Billing > Export History to access the exported file.

----End

Viewing Instance Usage in Resource Package

Step 1 Go to the Resource Packages page.

Step 2 Click Resource Packages.

Step 3 Click the name of the resource package you want to view. The resource package
details page is displayed.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90

Billing Center
User Guide 3 Resource Packages

Step 4 Click Usage Statistics on the right to view the instances deducted from the
resource package, as shown in Figure 1.

Figure 3-1 Usage of the instances deducted from the resource package

NOTE

● The ring chart presents the total resource usage and the individual instance usage
proportions in a statistical period. The detailed usage of each instance is displayed on
the right.
● A maximum of eight records can be displayed in descending order by percentage. If
there are more than eight instances, the eighth record represents the sum of
percentages of the eighth instance and its subsequent instances.
● The usage percentage of each instance is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. Due to
rounding, the individual usage percentages may not always add up to 100%.
● By default, the statistics are collected for the instance usage in the current month. You
can set the statistical period as needed.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

4 Funds Management

4.1 Payment Methods

4.2 Top-Up and Payment
4.3 Expenditure Quota

4.1 Payment Methods

4.1.1 Adding a Payment Method

After you successfully register an account, you must add a mobile number,
complete your account information, and then add a credit card to subscribe to and
enable cloud services. Otherwise, you can only view service information.

Important Notes
When you add a credit card, Huawei Cloud makes an authorization charge of $1
USD from your card to verify that the card is valid. This amount will be
automatically refunded to your card shortly after your account is activated, but
the time this takes depends on your card issuing bank.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Payment Method page.
NOTE

If no payment method is added, after you log in to the Huawei Cloud International site,
click Associate now in the prompt message to complete your account information.

Step 2 Click Add Card.

The Complete Information page is displayed.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

If you have registered within the last 10 minutes, go to Step 5.

If you have added your mobile number, go to Step 7.
If you have completed your account information, go to Step 9.

Step 3 Click Send Code, and enter the verification code received by your email.
Step 4 Click Next.
Step 5 Enter a mobile number allocated in the region where your account is registered,
click Send Code, and enter the SMS verification code in the text box.

Step 6 Click Next.

Step 7 Select an account type (Individual or Enterprise), and enter the required
information.
● For an individual, select Individual, enter your name and address, and select
an industry.
● For an enterprise, select Enterprise, enter the enterprise's name and address
as well as the contact's name and position, and select an industry and the
currency.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

Step 8 Click Next.

Step 9 Enter the card No., expiration date, security code, and card holder's name as
prompted, and click OK.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

When you add a card, Huawei Cloud makes a $1 USD (or an equivalent amount in other
currencies) charge to verify the card is valid. This charge will be refunded to your credit card
later. The time it takes to refund the charge depends on your card issuing bank.
If you are in Chile, you also need to enter your ID type and ID number when adding a card.
ID types include:
● RUT: Taxpayer identification number in Chile, for example, 8148691-0.
● Otro: Other identification code, whose value can contain only 5 to 20 characters.

Step 10 On the displayed bank page, complete identity verification.

● After you successfully add the card, you get the postpayment qualification,
which means that you can use first and then pay for your cloud services on
Huawei Cloud.
– Huawei Cloud will generate a bill on the third day of the following month
and send it to you, and deducts the fee from your credit card.
– If we have reasonable grounds to suspect that your account is at risk of
falling into arrears, we have the right to immediately issue bills to you
based on expenses incurred and deduct fees from your credit card.
● If the card fails to be added, the Historical Cards page is displayed, showing
the reason in Result. You can choose to add the card again or submit a
service ticket.

----End

Historical Cards
On the Payment Methods page, click History to view historical card adding
records. If the card fails to be added, the reason for failure is shown in Result.

Order of Deductions for Credit Cards

In the credit card list, click Set as Default in the Operation column to set the
credit card as the default credit card for payment.

● If you have added multiple credit cards, the system deducts fees from the
default credit card first.
● When the balance of the default credit card is insufficient, the system will
deduct fees from other valid credit cards in sequence until the payment is
successful.

Changing the Validity Period of a Credit Card

In the credit card list, click Edit in the Operation column to set its validity period.

NOTE

When you change the validity period of your credit card, Huawei Cloud makes a $1 USD (or
an equivalent amount in other currencies) charge to verify the card is valid. This charge will
be refunded to your credit card later. The time it takes to refund the charge depends on
your card issuing bank.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

Deleting a Credit Card

In the credit card list, click Delete in the Operation column to unbind the credit
card.

NOTE

The default credit card for payment cannot be removed.

Setting a Currency
1. Click the currency link to go to My Account > Preferences.
2. In the Currency area, select a currency and click Save.

4.1.2 Payment Limits

There are payment limits for a one-time payment, as listed in Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Payment limits

Currency Upper Limit Lower Limit

CLP 11,000,000 1

USD 20,000 N/A

4.2 Top-Up and Payment

4.2.1 Topping Up an Account (Prepaid Direct Customers)

Important Notes
If you set an expenditure limit alert on the Overview page, you will receive a text
message when your balance is less than the preset threshold.

Prepaid customers use top-up accounts to pay for their resources, but the top-up
accounts are not supported for enterprise member accounts.

Postpaid customers purchase their resources first and are billed later. Top-up
accounts are not supported for postpaid customers. For details about payment
operations, see Making Payments (Postpaid Direct Customers).

Procedure
Step 1 Open the Pay page.

Step 2 Select a payment method.

● Online Payment
Enter a top-up amount and click Next. You are redirected to the payment
page. Complete the payment process.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

If you click Switch Currency, the Preferences page of My Account is displayed. On

this page, you can select a different payment currency, and click Save to save the
change.
● Bank Transfer

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

– You can view the bank transfer account information on the invoices issued to you
or on the Billing Center. The Billing Center displays only the most current account
details. The accounts on historical invoices may be different.
– To ensure timely and accurate payment confirmation, please submit your payments
based on the account and currency information on the invoice, and specify the
invoice number.
– The money will arrive in the bank transfer account within the same country/region
in two or three days. Cross-country or cross-regions transfers take longer. Contact
your bank for details.
After you transfer the money, do as follows:
a. Open the Create Service Ticket page.
b. On the displayed page, enter the bank transfer information.

NOTE

The receipt will be recorded under the currently logged-in user by default. If
there are any special circumstances, please specify them in Problem Description.

c. Upload the bank transfer certificate and submit the service ticket.
After the bank transfer is complete, Huawei Cloud will top up your
account upon receipt of the request from the service ticket within three
working days.

----End

4.2.2 Topping Up an Account or Making Payments (Partner

Customers)
When you want to associate with your partner, you can choose either the referral
or reseller model.

● In the referral model, you need to pay for your own orders. The top-up and
payment methods in Referral model are the same as those for direct
customers.
● In the reseller model, your account balance is allocated by your partner.
– Online top-up is not supported. Instead, you need to contact the partner
to assign you a monthly budget.
– Online payment is not supported. Instead, you need to contact the
partner for settlement.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

– You can pay any arrears incurred before the association yourself. For
details, see 4.2.3 Making Payments (Postpaid Direct Customers) or
4.2.4 Making Payments (Prepaid Direct Customers).

4.2.3 Making Payments (Postpaid Direct Customers)

You can choose the Funds Management > Pay page to pay for resources you
have already used.
If you are using a member account for unified accounting management, you can
pay only the outstanding bills incurred before your association with the master
account.
You can:
● Pay historical bills. For details, see Pay Historical Bills.
● Pay estimated bills. For details, see Pay Estimated Bills.

Pay Historical Bills

On the third day of each month, Huawei Cloud generates bills for the
expenditures in the previous month. You can view all your bills to be paid and pay
them.

Step 1 Open the Pay page.

Click Payment History in the upper right corner of the page. The Payment
History page is displayed. On this page, you can view your payment records. For
more information, see Payment History.
Step 2 Click the Payment Pending tab, and view all bills to be paid.
NOTE

● Billed Remaining Amount Due: Total amount in historical bills to be paid.

● Estimated Unbilled Amount: Amount estimated by Huawei Cloud as of the current
time. You can click the specific Estimated Unbilled Amount to go to the Bill Pending
tab page and view details.
● If there are two or more billing cycles, you can select any billing cycle to pay.

● Click in detail. Then, you can view the bills to be paid on the Bills page.
● Click Details in the Operation column. You can view the bills for the current
billing cycle on the Bills page. For more information, see Bills.
Step 3 Select a billing cycle and click Pay in the Operation column.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

Step 4 Select a payment method.

● Online Payment
Enter the amount you want to pay, click Pay, and confirm the payment
details. After the payment is complete, the system displays the payment
result.
NOTE

The system displays the remaining amount due in the current billing cycle by default.
You can change the amount, but the new value cannot be greater than the default
one.

● Bank Transfer (to a dedicated account)

CAUTION

You can transfer the money to the dedicated or general account for payments.
– Huawei Cloud automatically allocates a dedicated account and associates
it with your Huawei Cloud account. Different customers have different
dedicated accounts. After the money arrives in your dedicated account,
Huawei Cloud will automatically transfer the money to your Huawei Cloud
account.
– The general account is available to all Huawei Cloud customers. After the
money is transferred to the general account, you need to submit a service
ticket. After the money arrives in the general account, related personnel
will manually transfer the money to your Huawei Cloud account according
to the service ticket you submitted.
If you obtain credits offline and sign with Sparkoo Technologies Hong Kong
Co., Limited or Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., you can use the
dedicated account for bank transfer. Otherwise, you can only use the general
account. You are advised to use your dedicated account for money transfer if
you have one.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

You can see the dedicated account details and transfer money to the account.
Huawei Cloud will automatically top up your account within two working
days when receiving the bank transfer.
● Bank Transfer (to a general account)

NOTE

– You can view the bank transfer account information on the invoices issued to you
or on the Billing Center. The Billing Center displays only the most current account
details. The accounts on historical invoices may be different.
– To ensure timely and accurate payment confirmation, please submit your payments
based on the account and currency information on the invoice, and specify the
invoice number.
– The money will arrive in the bank transfer account within the same country/region
in two or three days. Cross-country or cross-regions transfers take longer. Contact
your bank for details.
After you transfer the money, do as follows:
a. On the Bank Transfer page, click Create Service Ticket.
b. On the displayed page, enter the bank transfer information.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

The receipt will be recorded under the currently logged-in user by default. If
there are any special circumstances, please specify them in Problem Description.

c. Upload the bank transfer certificate and submit the service ticket.
After the bank transfer is complete, Huawei Cloud will top up your
account upon receipt of the request from the service ticket within three
working days.

----End

Pay Estimated Bills

Huawei Cloud will estimate the bill amount based on your actual expenditures in
the current billing cycle before the bills for the current billing cycle are generated.
A customer can view the the estimated bills in the current bill cycle and pay them
in advance.

Step 1 Open the Pay page.

Click Payment History in the upper right corner of the page. The Payment
History page is displayed. On this page, you can view your payment records. For
more information, see Payment History.

Step 2 Click the Bill Pending tab page to view the estimated bills in the current billing
cycle.

Click Details in the Operation column. You can view the bills for the current
billing cycle on the Bills page. For more information, see Bills.

Step 3 Click Pay in the Operation column.

Step 4 Select a payment method.

● Online Payment
Enter the amount you want to pay, click Pay, and confirm the payment
details. After the payment is complete, the system displays the payment
result.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

– The system displays the estimated amount of all expenditures to be billed by

default. You can change the amount, but the new value cannot be greater than the
default one.
– If you click Switch Currency, the Preferences page of My Account is displayed. On
this page, you can select a different payment currency, and click Save to save the
change.

● Bank Transfer (to a dedicated account)

CAUTION

You can transfer the money to the dedicated or general account for payments.
– Huawei Cloud automatically allocates a dedicated account and associates
it with your Huawei Cloud account. Different customers have different
dedicated accounts. After the money arrives in your dedicated account,
Huawei Cloud will automatically transfer the money to your Huawei Cloud
account.
– The general account is available to all Huawei Cloud customers. After the
money is transferred to the general account, you need to submit a service
ticket. After the money arrives in the general account, related personnel
will manually transfer the money to your Huawei Cloud account according
to the service ticket you submitted.
If you obtain credits offline and sign with Sparkoo Technologies Hong Kong
Co., Limited or Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., you can use the
dedicated account for bank transfer. Otherwise, you can only use the general
account. You are advised to use your dedicated account for money transfer if
you have one.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

You can see the dedicated account details and transfer money to the account.
Huawei Cloud will automatically top up your account within two working
days when receiving the bank transfer.
● Bank Transfer (to a general account)

NOTE

– You can view the bank transfer account information on the invoices issued to you
or on the Billing Center. The Billing Center displays only the most current account
details. The accounts on historical invoices may be different.
– To ensure timely and accurate payment confirmation, please submit your payments
based on the account and currency information on the invoice, and specify the
invoice number.
– The money will arrive in the bank transfer account within the same country/region
in two or three days. Cross-country or cross-regions transfers take longer. Contact
your bank for details.
After you transfer the money, do as follows:
a. On the Bank Transfer page, click Create Service Ticket.
b. On the displayed page, enter the bank transfer information.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

NOTE

The receipt will be recorded under the currently logged-in user by default. If
there are any special circumstances, please specify them in Problem Description.

c. Upload the bank transfer certificate and submit the service ticket.
After the bank transfer is complete, Huawei Cloud will top up your
account upon receipt of the request from the service ticket within three
working days.

----End

4.2.4 Making Payments (Prepaid Direct Customers)

If you have an outstanding balance as a prepaid customer, pay your bill in a timely
manner to prevent related resources from being stopped or released.

Procedure
Go to the Funds Management > Top Up page. For details, see 4.2.1 Topping Up
an Account (Prepaid Direct Customers).

Follow-Up Procedure
After the payment is completed, the Account Statements page is displayed. You
can view the top-up records and arrears written-off records.

● A top-up record's Transaction Type is Top-up.

● An arrear written-off record's Transaction Type is Expenditure (repayment).
You can view the specific item in the Details column.

4.3 Expenditure Quota

An expenditure quota is the maximum expenditure amount that a customer using
monthly settlement can spend on Huawei Cloud. It is not a payment method. You
cannot use this quota for payment or as a basis for reconciliation or payment.

Expenditure quotas are not available for customers associated with a partner in
the reseller model or enterprise member accounts.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

Impacts on Services After Your Expenditure Quota Is Exceeded

● If the usage of your expenditure quota reaches or exceeds 100% and you do
not make payments in a timely manner, a grace period starts (15 days by
default).
● During the grace period, your account is restricted, new cloud services are
blocked, and even some provisioned cloud services cannot be used. If you do
not submit payment before the grace period ends, a retention period starts
(15 days by default).
● During the retention period, your pay-per-use resources (including spot
instances) will be frozen, and RIs that were not fully pre-paid will be
unsubscribed from (no handling fees apply). The use of RIs paid with all
upfront, yearly/monthly resources, and resource packages will not be affected.
After the retention period ends, all your pay-per-use resources (including spot
instances) will be released.

Expenditure Quota Usage Notification

● If your expenditure quota usage reaches a certain threshold (80% by default,
but this can be modified), Huawei Cloud will send you an SMS notification or
email.
● If your expenditure quota usage still reaches 100% during the grace period,
Huawei Cloud will send you SMS notifications and emails 15, 7, 3, and 1 days
prior to the start of the retention period.
● If your expenditure quota usage still reaches 100% during the retention
period, Huawei Cloud will send you SMS notifications and emails 15, 7, 3, and
1 days before releasing the resources.
These are urgent notifications and cannot be disabled.
After receiving an expenditure quota notification, you can take the following
measures to ensure that your services are not affected:
● Pay past due Huawei bills in order they were received.
● If you cannot submit payment in a timely manner, contact your account
manager to increase the expenditure quota.

Viewing the Expenditure Quota

Step 1 Go to the Expenditure Quota page.
Step 2 View the ratio of the remaining quota to the total quota.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

● Remaining Quota: the remaining expenditure quota available to the

customer
● Total Quota: total expenditure quota that Huawei Cloud has granted to the
customer
● Used Quota = Cumulative billed amount + Estimated unbilled amount – Cash
account balance – Cash coupon balance - Flexi-Purchase coupon balance.
– Cumulative Billed Amount: the total amount payments due from all
bills
– Estimated Unbilled Amount: estimated unbilled amount pending
payment, which will be the monthly settlement fee in the bill
NOTE

● If the ratio of the used quota is 0%, the remaining quota is the same as the total quota.
● If the ratio of the used quota is 80%, your expenditure quota is about to be used up. To
prevent services from being affected, submit payment in a timely manner.
● If the ratio of the used quota is 100% or more, that means the expenditure quota has
been exhausted, and your added credit card will be automatically billed for any
additional expenditures. After the payment is complete, your expenditure quota is
restored.

Step 3 Click Edit to modify the alert threshold.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107

Billing Center
User Guide 4 Funds Management

The threshold is 80% by default, but you can modify this threshold if required.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

5 Bill Management (Old Version)

5.1 Bills for Customers Using Monthly Settlement

5.1 Bills for Customers Using Monthly Settlement

5.1.1 Bills
On the Bills page, you can view your monthly expenditures generated since June,
2020.

Important Notes
Bills for an enterprise master account contain the expenditure data of its member
accounts.

If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to USD based on
the exchange rate, and then rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. When the
currency is Japanese yen, the amounts are rounded off to an integer.

Viewing Summary Data

The summary data is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. You can view the
exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place) in the exported summary bill in
XLSX format.

Step 1 Go to the Bills page.

Step 2 Click the Overview tab.

Step 3 View information like the total amount, payment summary, and bill details.

Generally, bills are paid by the account that uses the resources. If member
accounts have been associated with the master account for unified accounting
management, the master account will pay the bills generated after the
association. You can use the accounts to filter the bills to be paid.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

① Total presents the amount you paid, excluding used cash coupons. Before your
bill is generated, this field is displayed as Estimated Total. After the bill is
generated, the billed amount is displayed, which is the sum of your Huawei Cloud
charges and Huawei Cloud KooGallery charges.
● HUAWEI CLOUD charges: expenditures of Huawei Cloud services, including
the real-time payments and monthly payments
– Real-time payments: total amount you have paid to purchase Huawei
Cloud products, including the payments for yearly/monthly subscriptions
and reserved instances.
– Monthly payments: Huawei Cloud expenditures settled monthly.

▪ If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to

USD based on the exchange rate. Before your bill is generated, the
monthly-settlement amounts are also converted to USD based on
the live exchange rate but they are for reference only. The amount is
subject to the actual bill run.

▪ You can click the invoice number to download your invoice.

● HUAWEI CLOUD KooGallery charges: expenditures of KooGallery products,
including real-time payments and monthly payments.
– Real-time payments: total amount you have paid to purchase KooGallery
products, including the payments for yearly/monthly subscriptions.
– Monthly payments: KooGallery expenditures settled monthly

▪ If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to

USD based on the exchange rate. Before your bill is generated, the
monthly-settlement amounts are also converted to USD based on
the live exchange rate but they are for reference only. The amount is
subject to the actual bill run.

▪ You can click the invoice number to download your invoice.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

② Payment Summary displays the top-up amount and cash expenditures,

excluding cash coupons. The total amount due is the sum of the remaining
amount due and amount paid.
● Remaining Amount Due (displayed after the bill is generated): Amount to be
paid for the current billing cycle. If the payment currency is not USD, the
amounts are converted to USD based on the exchange rate.
● Due Date (displayed after the bill is generated): The final date before which
you must pay off the bill.
● Amount Paid: Top-ups and cash expenditures Cash expenditures include
those for yearly/monthly subscriptions and monthly settlement, excluding
cash coupons. The date displayed is when fees are deducted from your
account.
● Monthly settlement: Cash used for payment in the monthly settlement.
● Monthly settlement-Account credit for payment: Account credit (negative
amount) used for payment in the monthly settlement. If within a billing cycle,
the credit refund is greater than the credit payment, a negative amount is
generated. The negative amount is then used to offset your monthly
settlement fees.
● Invoice: Commercial invoices, including invoices for top-ups, are issued for the
billing cycle. If you have chosen the monthly settlement option, your invoices
are issued after fees are deducted from your account.

③ Cash Coupon Used (if any) represents the sum of the cash coupons used to
pay for each type of cloud service.

④ Refund (if any) represents the refunds for unsubscriptions, specification

downgrades, and amount adjustments. The refund for amount adjustments is
intended only for orders that are not settled monthly. All refunds are in cash and
cash coupons are not returned.

⑤ Bill Details displays your expenditures summarized by service type or region.

For details about taxes, see Tax Help.

NOTE

The amounts shown on the Bill Details page are rounded off, so there may be some
discrepancies with the amounts shown in the monthly bill. To view the exact amounts,
export the monthly bill in XLSX format.
To use an API to query summary bills, see Querying Summary Bills for details.

----End

Viewing Bill Details

The bill details present the detailed bill information of your account.

Step 1 Go to the Bills page.

Step 2 Click the Bill Details tab.

Step 3 Set the search criteria for dimensions and select a billing period.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

● Usage: how a pay-per-use cloud service is billed, such as by duration, capacity,

or upstream traffic
● Resource: cloud resources, such as devices, IP addresses, and ports
● Resource Type: type of a cloud resource
● Service Type: type of a cloud service
● Account: created after registering with Huawei Cloud. The account has full
access permissions for all the resources owned by itself.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

NOTE

● When you view pay-per-use and yearly/monthly product bills by Usage with the period
set to Details:
– The Discount Type field is set to the actual discount type in the bills generated
since 00:00:00 on November 15, 2020 and set to -- in the bills generated before
that time.
– The Discount Subtype field is set to the actual discount information in the bills
generated since 00:00:00 on August 1, 2021 and set to -- in the bills generated
before that time.
● When you view bills by Usage with the period set to By billing cycle or By day:
– For yearly/monthly subscriptions, the Discount Type and Discount Subtype fields
in the bills are set to the actual discount type and discount information,
respectively.
– For pay-per-use products, the Discount Subtype and Discount Type fields are set
to the actual discount type and discount information in the bills generated since
00:00:00 on August 1, 2022 and set to -- in the bills generated before that time.

● Click on the right of the amount due to select whether to hide expenditures of $0
USD.
● Pay-per-use pricing provides unit prices, and the bill amount is equal to the used
number of units multiplied by the unit price. Other pricing modes, such as tiered pricing
and small amount accumulation, do not provide unit prices.
● For a yearly/monthly product, if a customer updates the resource name and resource
tag on the cloud service console, the new name and tag will not be updated to the
resources which have expired in the bill.
Example:
1. On October 10, 2023, a customer subscribed to an EVS disk for one month. The
Billing Center generated an order for the new purchase and the bill for the resource
usage.
2. On November 8, 2023, the customer renewed the EVS disk for one month. The
Billing Center generated another order for the renewal and the bill for the resource
usage.
3. On November 20, 2023, the customer updated the resource name and resource tag
on the EVS console.
Result:
– Because the resources in the new purchase order have expired, the resource name
and tag will not be updated in the corresponding bill.
– However, the resources in the renewal order are still in use, the resource name and
tag will be updated in the corresponding bill.

----End

Downloading Bills
1. Click Export on the right of the Bills page.
2. Select a bill type (summary bill or transaction bill), specify the file format and
data time, and click OK.
– The summary bill in PDF format for a specific month can be used for
monthly invoice validations.
– In the PDF summary bill, the amounts are rounded off to the 2nd decimal
place.
– Data in a monthly summary bill is delayed and not recommended for
reconciliation.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

– Exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place) are displayed on the
exported file in Excel or CSV format.

Bill Settings
You can click Bill Settings in the upper right corner of the page to enable the bill
notification function. For details, see 5.1.3 Bill Settings.

Bill Description
Parameter Description
Name

Billing Cycle Interval of time from the end of one billing statement date to
the next billing statement date. It is determined by Huawei
Cloud and is generally one natural month. When a billing
cycle ends, the system calculates all the fees that a customer
needs to pay during the billing cycle and generates a bill.

PayerAccount Name of the paying account. Generally, this account is the one
Name that uses the cloud resources. For an enterprise, if a member
account is associated with a master account for unified
accounting management, bills will be paid by the master
account since the association. In this case, this account is the
master account.

Date Transaction date.

Enterprise Name of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise

Project project is selected for the cloud service, default is displayed as
the value of this field.

Account Account name of the customer to which a bill belongs.

Service Type Type of a cloud service.

Resource Type Name of a cloud resource.

Specifications A collection of attributes and their values used to describe the

features of the resource that a cloud service needs.
Specifications of resources of the same type have the same
attributes but different attribute values.

Billing Mode Billing mode. The options are as follows:

● Monthly
● Yearly
● Daily
● One-off
● Pay-per-use
● Reserved instance - no upfront
● Reserved instance - all upfront
● Reserved instance - half upfront

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Parameter Description
Name

Expenditure Time when the expenditure occurs. For yearly/monthly

Time subscriptions, expenditure time is the time of payment, while
for pay-per-use products, it is the cloud service validity period.

Order No./ Unique ID of a yearly/monthly order, or unique ID for a pay-

Transaction No. per-use resource.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Parameter Description
Name

Bill Type The bill types include:

● Expenditure-purchase: fees of purchased yearly/monthly
subscriptions
● Expenditure-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions
that you manually renew
● Expenditure-use: fees of pay-per-use products
● Expenditure-auto-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly
subscriptions that are automatically renewed
● Expenditure-hourly billing: fees of hourly-billed reserved
instances
● Expenditure-unsubscription service charge: handling fees
charged for unsubscriptions
● Expenditure-month-end deduction for support plan: fees
charged for the support plan at the end of a month
● Expenditure-change: fees incurred due to changes in the
specifications of yearly/monthly subscriptions
● Expenditure-tax: tax for yearly/monthly and pay-per-use
products
● Expenditure-difference amount: fees that HCDP customers
need to pay if their expenditures do not reach the
guaranteed minimum payment amount. Difference amount
= Guaranteed minimum payment amount – Expenditure
amount
● Refund-unsubscription: fees of yearly/monthly products
that are unsubscribed from
● Refund-change: fees of a yearly/monthly subscription for
which the specification is downgraded
NOTE
The bill type of specification downgrade orders from Refund-
unsubscription to Refund-change since August 30, 2022 (GMT
+08:00).
● Refund-tax: tax refunded when a yearly/monthly
subscription is unsubscribed from or for which the
specification is downgraded
● Adjustment-compensation: fees compensated by Huawei
Cloud
● Adjustment-deduction: fees paid when Huawei Cloud
makes an account adjustment. For example, when Huawei
Cloud adjusts a specification downgrade order, the original
refund amount is paid first.
● Adjustment-compensation tax: tax for Huawei Cloud
compensations
● Adjustment-deduction tax: tax for Huawei Cloud account
adjustments

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Parameter Description
Name

Transaction Time when the fee is paid for an expenditure.

Time

Region Cloud service region that provides public cloud service

resources independently and serves a large geographical area.

AZ A physical zone where resources use independent power

supply and networks. AZs are physically isolated. One region
has multiple AZs. If one AZ becomes faulty, the other AZs in
the same region can still provide services. AZs in the same
region can access each other on an intranet.

Usage Type How a cloud service is used within a period of time, such as by
duration, capacity, count, or traffic.

Unit Price Price of product usage.

Unit Unit to measure the unit price, such as GB/hour, Mbps/hour,

and GB.

Total Usage To which extent a cloud service is used within a period of

time, such as by duration, capacity, count, or traffic.

Total Usage Usage displayed in the unit used for pricing when the product
(Pricing Unit) is released. The value is truncated to a maximum of 10
decimal places.
Total Usage (Pricing Unit) = Total Usage/Conversion Factor
For example, 1 byte = 1/(1024 x 1024 x 1024) GB. The value is
truncated to 10 decimal places and will be displayed as
0.0000000009.

Usage Unit Unit to measure the product usage.

Usage Unit (for Usage unit used for pricing a product when the product is
Pricing) released.

Conversion Used to change Usage Unit to Usage Unit (for Pricing).

Factor For example, the conversion factor between seconds and
hours is 3600.

Package Usage Usage of a product or resource included in a resource package

within a period of time. If this usage does not exceed the
package quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Package Usage Package usage displayed in the unit used for pricing when the
(Pricing Unit) product is released. The value is truncated to a maximum of
10 decimal places.

Usage in Usage of a product or resource included in a reserved instance

Reserved within a period of time. If this usage does not exceed the
Instances package quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Parameter Description
Name

Usage in Usage for a reserved instance, which is displayed in the unit

Reserved used for pricing when the product is released. The value is
Instances truncated to a maximum of 10 decimal places.
(Pricing Unit)

List Price Price of the product for the specified period displayed on the
Huawei Cloud official website. List price = Discounted amount
+ Truncated amount + Amount due.

Discounted Discounts offered for cloud services, for example, commercial

amount discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts. It is the discounted amount based on the list price.

Truncated In pay-per-use billing mode, prices are accurate to two

amount decimal places, with the third and later decimal places directly
ignored.

Amount due Amount that should be paid for used cloud services after
discounts are applied. The discounts include promotional
discounts, discount coupons, commercial discounts, and
partner authorized discounts. Amount due = Cash payments +
Cash coupon used + Monthly settlement.

Cash Payment Amount that is paid by cash.

Cash Coupon Fees that are paid using cash coupons.

Used

Monthly Expenditure amount of each month paid in monthly

Settlement settlement mode after the bill is generated on the third day of
the following month.

Discount Type Discount type used for the expenditure.

● Promotional discount
● Commercial contract discount
● Channel contract discount
● Featured product discount
● Partner authorized discount

Discount Describes the details of the discounts applied.

Subtype ● % off
● Fixed unit price
● Amount off

Payment The status of payment, including:

Status ● Paid
● Unbilled
● Billed but not settled

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Parameter Description
Name

Resource Name/unique ID of a cloud service resource.

Name/ID

Resource Tag Tags are used to identify cloud resources, such as ECSs,
images, and disks. If you have multiple types of cloud
resources which are associated with each other, you can add
tags to the resources to classify and manage them easily.

Order Type Type of a yearly/monthly subscription.

● New purchase
● Renewal
● Unsubscription
● Change: specification upgrade or downgrade
● Compensation: A free renewal of your order
● Yearly/monthly to pay-per-use
● Pay-per-use to yearly/monthly
● Trial use
● Put into commercial use
● Bill adjustments: additional charges and reversal
● Return
● Exchange

Quantity Number of order items.

Number of For example, for an order valid for 3 months, 3 is the number
Terms of terms.

Term Unit For example, for an order valid for 3 months, month is the
term unit.

RI Hours Number of hours that a reserved instance is purchased.

Purchased

Unsubscription Reason for an unsubscription.

Reason

Unsubscription Handling fees charged for unsubscriptions.

Handling Fee

Original Order Order No. for a resource before it is unsubscribed from.

No.

Spot Instance Whether the current instance is a spot instance.

5.1.2 Viewing the Bills Held By the Original Business Entity

If you have switched your business entity to a new one, you can view the bills held
by the original business entity following the procedure below.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Business Entity Switching

If your account is associated with a partner, your business entity is switched from
HUAWEI CLOUD to your partner's business entity.

If your account is disassociated from the partner, your business entity is switched
back to your original business entity (HUAWEI CLOUD).

If your account is disassociated from the partner and then associates with another
partner, your business entity is accordingly switched to the new partner's business
entity.

Viewing Payment History

Step 1 Go to the Bills page.

Step 2 Click Historical Data.

Step 3 Select Business Entity in the upper right corner of the page to view the billing
data held by different business entities.

For bill details, see Bills.

----End

5.1.3 Bill Settings

Under Billing Settings, you can choose to enable bill notification. If you enable
bill notification, HUAWEI CLOUD will send bills to you via email or SMS message
each month after these bills are generated.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Billing > Bills, and click Bill Settings in the upper right corner of the
page.

The Bill Settings page is displayed.

Step 2 Turn on the Receive Bills toggle.

Step 3 Set the following parameters as needed, and click Save.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

● Contact Person: Click Modify to modify the bill recipients on the SMS &
Email Settings > Finance > Bill page in the Message Center.
● Language: Set the language of bill files.
● Bill Amount: If this option is selected, no bill notification is sent if no
expenditures occur in a billing cycle.
----End

5.1.4 Payment History

You can view all payment records of your cash account and credit card in a
specified period.

Important Notes
If you have chosen the monthly settlement option, your payment records are
displayed only after fees are deducted from your account.
If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to USD and then
rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. When the currency is Japanese yen, the
amounts are rounded off to an integer.

Viewing Payment Records

Step 1 Go to Payment History page.
Step 2 Select a payment date to view all payment records in that period.

----End

Downloading Payment Records

Click Export in the upper left corner of the page. You can download the exported
contents on the Billing Center > Export History page.

5.1.5 Usage Details

You can view or export the usage details of the 95th percentile bandwidth, 95th
percentile bandwidth (enhanced), 95th percentile bandwidth (guaranteed), and

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

daily peak bandwidth for CDN, VPC, CC, EIP, and OBS services. Billing Center
prepares your usage details of the last 18 months.

Important Notes
To obtain complete usage details, query the data of a month after the third day of
the following month.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Usage Details page.

Step 2 Set the service type, resource type, billing specification, and use time to export the
usage details.

----End

5.1.6 Reconciliation Guidance

Downloading Bills
Summary Bill

● Description: You can view your expenditure summary by month. The summary
bill is presented by product type, resource type, and billing mode (for
example, pay-per-use and yearly/monthly). It includes data such as
expenditures and refunds.
● Download: On the Billing Center > Billing > Bills > Overview page, click
Export, select Summary bill and Excel, and then click OK.

Transaction Bill

● Description: You can view your transaction bill details by month.

● Download: On the Billing Center > Billing > Bills > Overview page, click
Export, select Transaction Bills, and then click OK.

Accuracy of Fee Deduction

HUAWEI CLOUD bills a pay-per-use product with the fee accurate to the 8th
decimal place (for example, $10.12501236 USD).

The total amount in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. For
example, $100.13 USD is displayed in the monthly bill instead of $100.12501236
USD.

Accumulated Amount in Bills

Prior to April 2020, pay-per-use products are settled by hour, day, or month. The
settlement amount is accurate to the 2nd decimal place, while the third and later
decimal places are directly truncated.

From April 2020 to May 2021, the bills for customers using monthly settlement
are displayed in the following manner:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

● For pay-per-use products and spot instance products, bills are summarized by
specifications and usage type. The accumulated amount at the end of a
month is truncated.
● For yearly/monthly subscriptions and reserved instance products, bills are
summarized by order.
From June 2021, the amounts before bill generation are no longer truncated. Only
the total amount shown in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal
place.
● On the Billing > Bills > Overview page of the Billing Center, the total amount
in a monthly bill is slightly higher because the amounts are no longer
truncated to the 2nd decimal place.
● On the Billing > Bills > Overview page of the Billing Center, the amounts
shown in Details By Account are rounded off. Therefore, there may be some
discrepancies with the amounts shown in the monthly bill. To view the exact
amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place), customers can export the
monthly bill in XLSX or CSV format.
● The amounts displayed in the bill files that are subscribed to on the Billing >
Data Storage page of the Billing Center are accurate to the 8th decimal
place.
● During bill generation, cash coupons are applied and the amounts are kept
accurate to the 8th decimal place.

Reconciliation Guidance
To check your expenditures on HUAWEI CLOUD, refer to the following steps.

NOTE

● Generally, the expenditure data of a month is summarized and the relevant bill is
generated on the third day of the next month. In order to acquire complete bill data of
a month, please perform the checking after the third day of the next month.
● Since the summary data of a month is always delayed, you are not advised to reconcile
the expenditure data of the current month.

Step 1 Compare the total expenditure by cash and the actual total payment amount.
You can view the total cash expenditure (including the monthly settlement
amount) in the monthly bill and the total payment amount on the Billing Center
> Billing > Bills > Overview page.

NOTE

Order unsubscription fees are not included.

Both the total expenditure amount and total payment amount do not include fees paid
using cash coupons.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

Figure 5-1 Total

● Real-time settlement fees: Fees paid in cash, for example, through an online
payment. The fees may be paid for purchases, renewals, or specification
upgrades of yearly/monthly resources, or purchases of reserved instances.
● Monthly settlement: Fees settled at the end of a month, such as the yearly/
monthly or pay-per-use expenditure amount that is settled at the end of a
month.
Step 2 Compare the total cash expenditure in the monthly bill and the total cash
expenditure in the transaction bill.
NOTE

The total amount in a monthly bill may differ from that in a transaction bill due to the
precision difference
● The total amount in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place.
● The total amount in the transaction bill is accurate to the 8th decimal place.
● You can view the total amount (including the monthly settlement amount) in
the monthly bill on the Billing Center > Billing > Bills > Overview page.

Figure 5-2 Summarized total monthly expenditure by cash

● You can export the transaction bill on the Billing Center > Billing > Bills >
Overview page and view the total expenditure by cash in the transaction bill
(the sum of cash payments and monthly settlement).
The bill types include:
– Expenditure-purchase: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions
– Expenditure-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions that you
manually renew
– Expenditure-change: fees for changing the specifications of yearly/
monthly subscriptions
– Expenditure-use: fees of pay-per-use products
– Expenditure-auto-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions that are
automatically renewed
– Expenditure-hourly billing: fees of hourly-billed reserved instances
– Expenditure-unsubscription service charge: handling fees charged for
reserved instance unsubscriptions

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124

Billing Center
User Guide 5 Bill Management (Old Version)

– Expenditure-month-end deduction for support plan: fees charged for the

support plan at the end of a month
– Expenditure-tax: tax for yearly/monthly and pay-per-use products
– Adjustment-compensation: fees compensated by HUAWEI CLOUD
– Adjustment-compensation tax: tax for HUAWEI CLOUD compensations
– Adjustment-deduction: fees paid when Huawei Cloud makes an account
adjustment. For example, when Huawei Cloud adjusts a specification
downgrade order, the original refund amount is paid first.
– Adjustment-deduction tax: tax for HUAWEI CLOUD account adjustments
– Refund - unsubscription: fees of yearly/monthly products that are
unsubscribed from
– Refund-change: fees of a yearly/monthly subscription for which the
specification is downgraded
– Refund-tax: tax refunded when a yearly/monthly subscription is
unsubscribed from
– Expenditure-difference amount: fees that HCDP customers need to pay if
their expenditures do not reach the guaranteed minimum payment
amount. Difference amount = Guaranteed minimum payment amount –
Expenditure amount
Step 3 (Optional) You can also compare the total cash expenditure in the monthly bill
and the total payment in the bill filtered by a combination of Resource and By
billing cycle, the total cash expenditure in the monthly bill and the total
payment in the bill filtered by a combination of Usage Type and Details.
NOTE

Due to the different precision methods used for amounts in the above three types of bills,
you may find deviations during the two comparisons.
● The total amount in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place.
● The exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place) are included in bill details
filtered by a combination of Resource and By billing cycle and those filtered by a
combination of Usage Type and Details.
● Bill details filtered by a combination of Resource and By billing cycle: On the
Billing Center > Billing > Bills > Bill Details page, select Resource for Data
Type and By billing cycle for Data Period, and then click Export.
● Bill details filtered by a combination of Usage Type and Details: On the
Billing Center > Billing > Bills > Bill Details page, select Usage Type for
Data Type and Details for Data Period, and then click Export.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

6 Bill Management (New Version)

6.1 Monthly Settlement

6.2 Bills for Customers Using Monthly Settlement

6.1 Monthly Settlement

Monthly Bill Generation
● Recurring expenditure (for example, pay-per-use resources or spot instances):
An expenditure estimate is provided in the middle of each month, and the
final bill is generated on the third day of the following month. Applicable cash
coupons are automatically used to pay for the bill.
● One-time expenditure (for example, yearly/monthly resources or reserved
instances): When placing orders, you can use applicable discounts and cash
coupons for payment. You can use either of the following payment methods:
– Pay with an added credit card or pay online in real time.
– Use monthly settlement and pay for your bill that will be generated on
the third day of the following month.
● Since April 1, 2021, monthly settlement is used for newly registered customers
by default.

Bill Precision
Prior to April 2020, recurring expenditures (for example, pay-per-use resources or
spot instances) were settled by hour, day, or month. The settled amount was
accurate to the 2nd decimal place, while the remaining decimal places were
directly truncated.

From April 2020 to May 2021, recurring expenditures (for example, pay-per-use
resources or spot instances) were summed up monthly by specifications and usage
type. The accumulated amount were truncated to the 2nd decimal place.

From June 2021, the amounts before bill generation are no longer truncated. Only
the total amount shown in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal
place.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

● On the Billing > Bills page of the Billing Center, the total amount in a
monthly bill is slightly higher because the amounts are no longer truncated to
the 2nd decimal place.
● On the Billing > Bills page of the Billing Center, the amounts shown in
transactions are rounded off. Therefore, there may be some discrepancies with
the amounts shown in the monthly bill. To view the exact amounts (accurate
to the 8th decimal place), customers can export the monthly bill in XLSX or
CSV format.
● The amounts displayed in the bill files that are subscribed to on the Billing >
Data Storage page of the Billing Center are accurate to the 8th decimal
place.
● During bill generation, cash coupons are applied and the amounts are kept
accurate to the 8th decimal place.

6.2 Bills for Customers Using Monthly Settlement

6.2.1 Bills
Huawei Cloud provides bills in different types to reflect your monthly expenditures
and resource usage.

Bill Generation Time

Huawei Cloud generates bills on the first to third day of each month. You can
obtain the final bill of the current month after 10:00 on the fourth day of the next
month. For products settled by month, such as CDN and VPC, you can view the
bills of the current month on the third day of the next month. The specific bill
generation time depends on the information displayed in the Billing Center. Before
the final bill is generated, all bill data is for reference only.

Rules of Calculating the Billing Cycle

A billing cycle is the calendar month when a transaction occurs. Each transaction
has its billing cycle. Huawei Cloud summarizes the transactions in a monthly bill
based on the billing cycles of the transactions.

Huawei Cloud counts a transaction record in a billing cycle based on its

Expenditure time. For details, see How Does Huawei Cloud Calculate the
Billing Cycle?.

Bill Management
On the Billing pages, you can view the bill summary and details, export different
types of bills, check historical payment records, and view usage details of some
cloud services.

● Bills provides six cards to show your bill in the selected billing cycle.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

– Bill: including the start and end dates of the selected billing cycle, bill
status (billed or not), due date, and total actual expenditures (excluding
the coupons used).
– Payments: mapping between invoices and actual payments (excluding
payments using coupons). The total amount due is the sum of the
remaining amount due and amount paid.
– Discounts: discount type and amount.
– Coupons Used: amount paid using coupons and displayed by service
type.
– Refunds: refunds due to unsubscriptions, specification downgrade, and
account adjustment.
– Transactions: expenditures displayed by account and product type. To
view data in more dimensions, you can go to the Cost Center.
● Bill Details provides detailed bills in different dimensions and periods. You
can view resource usage.
● Exporting Bills: you can export summary bills, transactions, and detailed bills.
● Payment History: payments made by your cash accounts and credit cards
during a specified period.
● Usage Details: provides only the usage details of the 95th percentile
bandwidth, 95th percentile bandwidth (enhanced), 95th percentile bandwidth
(guaranteed), and daily peak bandwidth for CDN, VPC, CC, EIP, and OBS
services.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

● Data Storage: used to subscribe to bills. After the subscription is successful,

you can download the resource details and their expenditures.

FAQs
● How Does Huawei Cloud Calculate the Billing Cycle?
● Reconciliation
● Why Is the Last-Hour Expenditure Data Missing from the Bill Pushed to
the OBS on the Last Day of the Last Month?
● More FAQs

6.2.2 Getting Started

6.2.2.1 Viewing Bill Details of Resources

You can view the usage details and expenditures on the Bill Details page. Take
the bill details sorted by usage as an example:

Step 1 Choose Billing > Bill Details.

Step 2 Select a billing cycle, select Usage, set Data Period to Details, and click to
view the bill details.
● Selecting Yearly/Monthly in Billing Mode, you can view the details of your
yearly/monthly subscribed resources, including the expenditure time, resource
name/ID, specifications, and amount due. Click Export to export the bill
details.

● Selecting Pay-per-Use in Billing Mode, you can view the details of your pay-
per-use resources, including the expenditure time, resource name/ID,
specifications, unit price, usage, and amount due. Click Export to export the
bill details.
By default, the bill details are sorted by transaction time in descending order
so that you can view the latest record first.
You can also search for bill details by resource name or ID.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

NOTE

For pay-per-use resources, Expenditure Time indicates the start time and end time of
using the resource in the current billing period, and Transaction Time indicates the
time when the resource is actually billed. Huawei Cloud updates the bill details after
the data period ends. For details, see Bill Run for Pay-per-Use Resources.

----End

6.2.2.2 Reconciliation

Bill Types and Downloading

Bill
● You can view your expenditure summary by month. The bills are summarized
by product type, resource type, and billing mode (for example, pay-per-use
and yearly/monthly). The data includes the expenditures and refunds.
● On the Billing Center, choose Billing > Bills, click Export. In the Export dialog
box, select Summary bill and specify other fields. Then, click Export to
download the bill summary.
Transactions
● You can view your transactions by month.
● On the Billing Center, choose Billing > Bills, click Export. In the Export dialog
box, select Transaction Bills and specify other fields. Then, click Export to
download the transactions.
Bill Details
● Bill details filtered by a combination of Resource Name/ID and Billing Cycle:
On the Billing > Bill Details page, select Resource Name/ID and By billing
cycle, and then click .
● Bill details filtered by a combination of Usage and Details: On the Billing >
Bill Details page, select Usage and Details, and then click .

Precision in Bills
Huawei Cloud bills a pay-per-use product with the fee accurate to the 8th decimal
place (for example, $10.12501236 USD).
The total amount in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. For
example, $100.13 USD is displayed in the monthly bill instead of $100.12501236
USD.

Accumulated Amount in Bills

Prior to April 2020, pay-per-use products are settled by hour, day, or month. The
settlement amount is accurate to the 2nd decimal place, while the third and later
decimal places are directly truncated.
From April 2020 to May 2021, the bills for customers using monthly settlement
are displayed in the following manner:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

● For pay-per-use products and spot instance products, bills are summarized by
specifications and usage type. The accumulated amount at the end of a
month is truncated.
● For yearly/monthly subscriptions and reserved instance products, bills are
summarized by order.
From June 2021, the amounts before bill generation are no longer truncated. Only
the total amount shown in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal
place.
● On the Billing > Bills page, the total amount in a monthly bill is slightly
higher because the amounts are no longer truncated to the 2nd decimal
place.
● On the Billing > Bill Details page, the amounts are rounded off. Therefore,
there may be some discrepancies with the amounts shown in the monthly bill.
To view the exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place), customers can
export the monthly bill in XLSX or CSV format.
● The amounts displayed in the bill files that are subscribed to on the Billing >
Data Storage page of the Billing Center are accurate to the 8th decimal
place.
● During bill generation, cash coupons are applied and the amounts are kept
accurate to the 8th decimal place.

Reconciliation
To check your expenditures on Huawei Cloud, refer to the following steps:

NOTE

● Generally, the Billing Center summarizes your expenditures in a month and generates
the monthly bill on the third day of the next month. Then, you can check your bill.
● Due to the delay in expenditure summary, you are not recommended to reconcile your
expenditures in the current month.

Step 1 Compare the total cash expenditure and the total payment amount.
You can view the total cash expenditure (including the monthly settlement
amount) in the monthly bill and the total payment amount on the Billing > Bills
page.

NOTE

The refunds in unsubscriptions are not included.

Both the total cash expenditure and total payment amount do not include fees paid using
cash coupons.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Figure 6-1 Total

● Real-time settlement fees: Fees paid in cash, for example, through an online
payment. The fees may be paid for purchases, renewals, or specification
upgrades of yearly/monthly resources, or purchases of reserved instances.
● Monthly settlement: Fees settled at the end of a month, such as the yearly/
monthly or pay-per-use expenditures.
Step 2 Compare the total cash expenditure in the monthly bill and the total cash
expenditure in the transaction bill.
NOTE

The total amount in a monthly bill may differ from that in a transaction bill due to the
precision difference.
● The total amount in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place.
● The total amount in the transaction bill is accurate to the 8th decimal place.
● You can view the total amount (including the monthly settlement amount) in
the monthly bill on the Billing > Bills page.

Figure 6-2 Total monthly expenditure

● You can export the transaction bill on the Billing > Bills page and view the
total expenditure by cash in the transaction bill (the sum of cash payments
and monthly settlement).
The bill types include:
– Expenditure-purchase: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions
– Expenditure-change: fees for changing the specifications of yearly/
monthly subscriptions
– Expenditure-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions that you
manually renew
– Expenditure-auto-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions that are
automatically renewed

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

– Expenditure-use: fees of pay-per-use products

– Expenditure - hourly billing: Fees of products that are billed hourly
– Expenditure - unsubscription handling fee: Handling fees charged for
unsubscriptions
– Expenditure-month-end deduction for support plan: fees charged for the
support plan at the end of a month
– Expenditure-tax: tax for yearly/monthly and pay-per-use products
– Expenditure-difference amount: fees that HCDP customers need to pay if
their expenditures do not reach the guaranteed minimum payment
amount. Difference amount = Guaranteed minimum payment amount –
Expenditure amount
– Expenditure-monthly payment: fees of a yearly/monthly subscription that
is paid monthly
– Expenditure-savings plans used: actual hourly amount spent in the
savings plan in the pay-per-use billing mode
– Refund - unsubscription: fees of yearly/monthly products that are
unsubscribed from
– Refund-tax: tax refunded when a yearly/monthly subscription is
unsubscribed from
– Refund-change: fees of a yearly/monthly subscription for which the
specification is downgraded
– Refund-change to pay-per-use: refunds generated when a yearly/monthly
subscription is changed to pay-per-use billing
– Adjustment-compensation: fees compensated by Huawei Cloud
– Adjustment-deduction: fees paid when Huawei Cloud makes an account
adjustment. For example, when Huawei Cloud adjusts a specification
downgrade order, the original refund amount is paid first.
– Adjustment-compensation tax: tax for Huawei Cloud compensations
– Adjustment-deduction tax: tax for Huawei Cloud account adjustments
Step 3 (Optional) You can also compare the total cash expenditure in the monthly bill
and the total payment in the bill filtered by a combination of Resource and By
billing cycle, the total cash expenditure in the monthly bill and the total
payment in the bill filtered by a combination of Usage Type and Details.
NOTE

Due to the different precision methods used for amounts in the above three types of bills,
you may find deviations during the two comparisons.
● The total amount in the monthly bill is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place.
● The exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place) are included in bill details
filtered by a combination of Resource Type and By billing cycle and those filtered by a
combination of Usage and Details.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

6.2.2.3 Fields

Table 6-1 Description of fields

Parameter Description

Actual Equal to the amount due minus the amount of used cash
Payment coupons. Actual Payment = Amount due – Cash coupon used.

Account Account that is created upon successful registration with

Name HUAWEI CLOUD. When your enterprise master account has been
associated with multiple member accounts, you can view bill
details by account.

Account Information of your account adjustments in a billing cycle, such

Adjustment as payment reversals and arrears write-offs.

Amount Actual hourly amount spent in the savings plan.

Deducted
from
Savings
Plan

Amount Amount that has been paid by now in a billing cycle in the post
Paid payment mode, including payment for exceeded credit and
advance payment.

Amortized Amortized cash amount in the current month.

Cash

Amortized Amortized credit amount in the current month.

Credit

Amortized Amortized cash coupon amount in the current month.

Cash
Coupon

Amount Amount that a customer should pay for used cloud services after
discounts have been applied. The discounts include commercial
discounts, and partner authorized discounts.
● For non-monthly settlement, Amount due = Cash payments +
Credit payments + Cash coupon used + Arrears.
● For monthly settlement, Amount due = Cash payments + Cash
coupon used + Monthly Settlement.

Amount Actual hourly amount spent in the savings plan.

Deducted
from
Savings
Plan

Arrears Amount to be deducted and paid, including uncleared amount

and unsettled amount.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

AZ A physical region where resources use independent power supply

and networks. AZs are physically isolated but interconnected
through the internal network. One region has multiple AZs. If
one AZ becomes faulty, the other AZs in the same region can still
provide services. AZs in the same region can access each other
through the intranet.

Billing Billing modes include Reserved Instance, Yearly/Monthly, and

Mode Pay-per-Use.

Billing Time frame between billings for an account. It is determined by

Cycle HUAWEI CLOUD and is generally one natural month. When a
billing cycle ends, the system calculates all the fees that a
customer needs to pay during the billing cycle and generates a
bill.

Bill A bill is a manifestation of your service fees regularly provided by

HUAWEI CLOUD. It describes the revenue and expenditures of
various services and products owned and used by you.

Bill Type Type of a bill, such as expenditure, refund, account adjustment,

and others.

Current Amount amortized to the current month.

Month
Amortized

Cash Fees that are paid using cash coupons.

Coupon
Used

Cash Cash coupon amount that has not been amortized after the
Coupon current month.
Amortized
over Future
Months

Cash Cash coupon amount that has been amortized before the current
Coupon month.
Amortized
over Past
Months

Cash Cash amount that has been amortized before the current month.
Amortized
over Past
Months

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

Cash Cash amount that has not been amortized after the current
Amortized month.
over Future
Months

Conversion Used to change Usage Unit to Usage Unit (for Pricing).

Factor For example, the conversion factor between seconds and hours is
3600.

Credit Credit amount that has been amortized before the current
Amortized month.
over Past
Months

Credit Credit amount that has not been amortized after the current
Amortized month.
over Future
Months

Credit Time from the bill date to the due date. It is usually one calendar
Period month.

Credit Amount that is paid by credit. After the bill is generated, credit
Payment payments are included in the amount due.

Cash Amount that is paid by cash.

Payment

Due Date The final date before which customers must pay off the bill.

Discount Discounts offered to customers when they use cloud services, for
example, commercial discounts, partner authorized discounts,
and promotions. The value is the discount amount based on the
list price.

Discount Discount type used for the expenditure, for example,

Type Commercial contract discount.

Discount Describes the details of the discounts applied.

Subtype For example, if the commercial discount is 20% off, the bill
shows that Discount Type is Commercial contract discount and
Discount Subtype is % off: 20% discount.

End Time Time when billing for the corresponding cloud service ends.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

Enterprise The enterprise project to which the cloud resource belongs. If you
Project have not set any enterprise projects when purchasing a cloud
service resource, the default value is default. If a cloud service
resource you have purchased does not support enterprise project
management, it will be presented as Non-project.

Expenditure Information of your expenditures in a billing cycle, such as

s purchase and pay-per-use.

Expenditure Time when the expenditure occurs. For yearly/monthly products,

Time it is the time of payment, while for pay-per-use products, it is the
period from the effective time to the expiration time of the
resource.

Future Amount that has not been amortized after the current month.
Months
Amortized

Hourly Fixed hourly amount committed in the savings plan.

Commitme
nt

Huawei The part of amount that has been written off in arrears. It is the
Arrears outstanding amount that HUAWEI CLOUD discharges according
Write-Off to the arrears write-off regulations, which customers do not need
to repay.

Initial Amount payable in a billing cycle in the post payment mode.

Amount ● For non-monthly settlement, Initial amount due = Amount
Due paid by the cash account in the billing cycle (including
expenditures only) + Amount paid by the credit account in the
billing cycle (including expenditures, refunds, and account
adjustments) + Arrears in the billing cycle.
● For monthly settlement, Initial amount due = Amount paid in
real time in the billing cycle (including expenditures only) +
Amount settled monthly in the billing cycle (including
expenditures, refunds, and account adjustments).

List Price The sale price of a product with no commercial discounts and
promotion discounts applied on the HUAWEI CLOUD official
website. List price = Discount amount + Truncated amount +
Amount due.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

Master An enterprise master account is for customers who have enabled

Account enterprise management. They can view expenditures of the
member accounts, and can repay bills of the member accounts in
post payment mode.

Member An enterprise member account is for customers who have

Account accepted the invitation from a master account.

Monthly When pay-per-use expenditures are settled by month, the bill will
settlement be generated on the third day of the next month.

Monthly Resource expenditures are amortized to each month based on

Breakdown resources, products, and usage types.

Month The month to which the prepaid amount of a yearly/monthly

resource or reserved instance is amortized based on the validity
period of the order, or the month when the hourly billing of a
pay-per-use resource or reserved instance occurs based on the
accumulated usage (the same as the billing cycle).

Negative There is a negative balance in the customer's credit card when

Amount the refund is greater than the amount paid from the card in a
certain billing cycle. For example, when the refund to the credit
card is $10 USD and the amount paid from the credit card is $5
USD, there is a negative balance of $5 USD. The negative balance
can be used to pay for the bills of the previous billing cycles or
the next billing cycle.

Original Unique identifier of a yearly/monthly order from which a

Order No. customer has unsubscribed.

Order ID/ Order No. is a unique identifier of a yearly/monthly order.

Transaction Transaction No. is a unique identifier of fee deduction for
ID expenditures in the pay-per-use mode.

Overdue The bill is still not paid off after the due date.

Overdue Remaining amount that should be paid off the moment when
Amount the due date arrives.

Package Usage of a product or resource included in a resource package

Usage within a period of time. If this usage does not exceed the
package quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

Package Package usage displayed in the unit used for pricing when the
Usage product is released. The value is truncated to a maximum of 10
(Pricing decimal places.
Unit)

Payment Options selected when you placed an order in the billing mode
Option such as Reserved Instance and Savings Plans. The options include
all upfront, partial upfront, and no upfront.

Payment The status of payment, including Paid, Unsettled (amount to be

Status billed), and Uncleared (amount that has been billed pending
deduction and payment).

Past Amount that has been amortized before the current month.
Months
Amortized

PayerAccou Account that pays bills. Generally, bills are paid by the account
nt Name that uses the resources. If an account is associated with an
enterprise master for unified payment, bills will be paid by the
enterprise master account from the time the association is
completed.

Region Cloud service region that provides public cloud service resources
independently and serves a large geographical area.

Resource The specific object a customer uses via HUAWEI CLOUD, such as
devices, IP addresses, and ports.

Resource ID Unique ID of a cloud service resource.

Resource User-defined name of a cloud service resource.

Name

Resource User-defined tag of a cloud service resource.

Tag

Resource Name of a cloud service. It indicates the category of the resource

Type used for a cloud service.

Refunds Information of your refunds in a billing cycle, such as

unsubscriptions and specification downgrades.

Remaining Remaining amount payable by now in a billing cycle in the post

Amount payment mode. Remaining amount due = Initial amount due –
Due Amount paid.

Savings The savings plan which is used to cover the expenditures of the
Plan pay-per-use resource.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

Savings Discount obtained when you commit to a savings plan depends

Plan on the hourly commitment.
Discount

Start Time Time when billing for the corresponding cloud service starts.

Specificatio A collection of attributes and their values used to describe the

ns features of resources that a cloud service needs. Specifications of
resources of the same type have the same attributes but different
attribute values.

Service Category of a cloud service.

Type

Total Usage To which extent a cloud service is used within a period of time,
including the usage duration, used capacity, used times, and used
traffic.

Total Usage Usage displayed in the unit used for pricing when the product is
(Pricing released. The value is truncated to a maximum of 10 decimal
Unit) places.
Total Usage (Pricing Unit) = Total Usage/Conversion Factor
For example, 1 byte = 1/(1024 x 1024 x 1024) GB. The value is
truncated to 10 decimal places and will be displayed as
0.0000000009.

Total Credit Total amount granted to your credit account. It indicates the
Limit maximum credit amount offered to you within a certain period of
time (generally one year) based on your payment capability.

Transaction Time when the fee is deducted for an expenditure.

Time

Transaction Unique identifier of fee deduction for expenditures in the pay-

No. per-use mode.

Truncated In pay-per-use billing mode, amounts are accurate to two

decimal places during settlement, with the third and later
decimal places directly deleted.

Usage Unit Unit to measure the product usage.

Usage Unit Usage unit used for pricing a product when the product is
(for released.
Pricing)

Usage Type Usage type of pay-per-use cloud services to be billed, such as

duration, capacity, upstream traffic, and more.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Parameter Description

Unit Price Price of product usage, such as ¥5.

Unit Unit of product usage price, such as GB/hour, Mbps/hour, and GB.

Unbilled The unprocessed amount of a bill to be generated.

amount

Uncleared Amount to be deducted and paid.

amount

Usage in Reserved instance usage in a specified period. If the usage does

Reserved not exceed the quota in the reserved instance package, the
Instances product and resources will not be billed separately.

Usage in Usage in a reserved instance, which is displayed in the unit used

Reserved for pricing when the product is released. The value is truncated
instances to a maximum of 10 decimal places.
(Pricing
Unit)

Write-off The outstanding amount that HUAWEI CLOUD discharges

according to the arrears write-off regulations, which customers
do not need to repay.

6.2.3 Bills

6.2.3.1 Bill Summary

On the Bills page, you can view your monthly expenditures generated since June,
2020.

Important Notes
Bills for an enterprise master account contain the expenditure data of its member
accounts.

If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to USD based on
the exchange rate, and then rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. When the
currency is Japanese yen, the amounts are rounded off to an integer.

Viewing Summary Data

The summary data is rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. You can view the
exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place) in the exported summary bill in
XLSX format.

Step 1 The Bills page is displayed.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Step 2 Select the billing cycle and transaction account.

Step 3 View the bill summary, payments, discounts, and transactions.

Generally, bills are paid by the account that uses the resources. If member
accounts have been associated with the master account for unified accounting
management, the master account will pay the bills generated after the
association. You can use the accounts to filter the bills to be paid.

① Bill: including the start and end dates of the selected billing cycle, bill status
(billed or not), due date, and total actual expenditures (excluding the coupons
used).

Before your bill is generated, this field is displayed as Estimated Total. After the
bill is generated, the billed amount is displayed, which is the sum of your Huawei
Cloud charges and Huawei Cloud KooGallery charges.
● Huawei Cloud charges: expenditures of Huawei Cloud services, including the
real-time payments and monthly payments
– Real-time payments: total amount you have paid to purchase Huawei
Cloud products, including the payments for yearly/monthly subscriptions
and reserved instances.
– Monthly payments: Huawei Cloud expenditures settled monthly.
If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to USD
based on the exchange rate. Before your bill is generated, the monthly-
settlement amounts are also converted to USD based on the live
exchange rate but they are for reference only. The amount is subject to
the actual bill run.
● Huawei Cloud KooGallery charges: expenditures of KooGallery products,
including real-time payments and monthly payments.
– Real-time payments: total amount you have paid to purchase KooGallery
products, including the payments for yearly/monthly subscriptions.
– Monthly payments: KooGallery expenditures settled monthly
If the payment currency is not USD, the amounts are converted to USD
based on the exchange rate. Before your bill is generated, the monthly-
settlement amounts are also converted to USD based on the live
exchange rate but they are for reference only. The amount is subject to
the actual bill run.

② Payments: mapping between invoices and actual payments (excluding

payments using coupons). The total amount due is the sum of the remaining
amount due and amount paid.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

● Remaining Amount Due (displayed after the bill is generated): amount to be

paid for the current billing cycle. If the payment currency is not USD, the
amount is converted to USD based on the exchange rate.
● Due Date (displayed after the bill is generated): The final date before which
you must pay off the bill.
● Amount Paid: Top-ups and cash expenditures. Cash expenditures include
those for yearly/monthly subscriptions and monthly settlement, excluding
cash coupons. The date displayed is when fees are deducted from your
account.
– Monthly settlement: cash used for payment in the monthly settlement.
– Monthly settlement-Account credit for payment: account credit
(negative amount) used for payment in the monthly settlement. If within
a billing cycle, the credit refund is greater than the credit payment, a
negative amount is generated. The negative amount is then used to
offset your monthly settlement fees.
● Invoice: Commercial invoices, including invoices for top-ups, are issued for the
billing cycle. If you have chosen the monthly settlement option, your invoices
are issued after fees are deducted from your account.

③ Discounts: total discounted amount by discount type.

④ Coupons Used: total amounts of coupons used by service type. You can use a
coupon ID to filter coupons, and click the coupon to view its details.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

⑤ Refunds: amounts of unsubscriptions, specification downgrades, and account

adjustments are included. The refund for amount adjustments is intended only for
orders that are not settled monthly. All refunds are in cash and cash coupons are
not returned. You can click the order number to view the order details.

⑥ Transactions: expenditures summarized by service type or region. You can view

the transaction details by account or service type. For more dimensions, go to the
Cost Center.

The amounts shown on the Bill Details page are rounded off, so there may be
some discrepancies with the amounts shown in the monthly bill. To view the exact
amounts, export the monthly bill in XLSX format.

● To use an API to query summary bills, see Querying Summary Bills for
details.
● For details about taxes, see Tax Help.

----End

6.2.3.2 Bill Settings

Under Billing Settings, you can choose to enable bill notification. If you enable
bill notification, HUAWEI CLOUD will send bills to you via email or SMS message
each month after these bills are generated.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Billing > Bills, and click Bill Settings in the upper right corner of the
page.

The Bill Settings page is displayed.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Step 2 Turn on the Receive Bills toggle.

Step 3 Set the following parameters as needed, and click Save.

● Contact Person: Click Modify to modify the bill recipients on the SMS &
Email Settings > Finance > Bill page in the Message Center.
● Language: Set the language of bill files.
● Bill Amount: If this option is selected, no bill notification is sent if no
expenditures occur in a billing cycle.
● Negative Balance
– You can set a negative balance to pay postpaid bills of this account. It is
used to pay for the bills of the previous billing cycles or the next billing
cycle by default.
– When the master account allocates credits to its member accounts and
makes payments for these member accounts, only the master account
can set the negative balance, and its member accounts can view the
settings.

----End

6.2.3.3 Editing Cards

You can personalize your bills by displaying or hiding the cards.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Billing > Bills, and click Edit Cards in the upper right corner of the page.

Edit Cards is displayed.

Step 2 Choose to hide or show the cards as required, and then click OK.

----End

6.2.3.4 Viewing the Bills Held By the Original Business Entity

View the bills generated during the association period if you have been associated
with a partner.

Switching the Business Entity

If your account is associated with a partner, your business entity is switched from
Huawei Cloud to your partner's business entity.

If your account is disassociated from the partner, your business entity is switched
back to your original business entity (Huawei Cloud).

If your account is disassociated from the partner and then associates with another
partner, your business entity is accordingly switched to the new partner's business
entity.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Viewing Payment History

Step 1 The Bills page is displayed.

Step 2 Click Historical Data.

Step 3 Select Business Entity in the upper right corner of the page to view the billing
data held by different business entities.

For bill details, see Bills.

----End

6.2.4 Bill Details

You can view the bill details of the last 18 months on the page. To view the data
of earlier months, export it and download the file.

Step 1 Open the Bill Details page.

Step 2 Select a billing cycle. Set the data type and data period.

● Usage: how a pay-per-use cloud service is billed, such as by duration, capacity,

or upstream traffic
● Resource: cloud resources, such as devices, IP addresses, and ports
● Resource Type: type of a cloud resource
● Service Type: type of a cloud service
● Account: created after registering with Huawei Cloud. The account has full
access permissions for all the resources owned by itself.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

NOTE

● When you view bills with data type set to Usage and data period set to Details:
The following changes are made when you view bill details of pay-per-use and yearly/
monthly products by Usage:
– Before November 15, 2020, the Discount Type field is set to --. Since November
15, 2020, this field is set to the actual discount type you enjoy.
– Before August 01, 2021, the Discount Subtype field is set to --. Since August 01,
2021, this field is set to the actual discount you enjoy.
● When you view bills by Usage with the period set to By billing cycle or By day:
– For yearly/monthly subscriptions, the Discount Type and Discount Subtype fields
in the bills are set to the actual discount type and discount information,
respectively.
– For pay-per-use products, the Discount Type and Discount Subtype fields are set
to the actual discount type and discount information in the bills generated since
00:00:00 on August 1, 2022 and set to -- in the bills generated before that time.

● Click on the right of the amount due to select whether to hide expenditures of $0
USD.
● In the Pay-per-Use billing mode, the unit price is provided, and the amount is equal to
the usage multiplied by the unit price. In other billing modes, such as the tiered pricing
and small amount accumulation, no unit price is provided.
● For a yearly/monthly product, if a customer updates the resource name and resource
tag on the cloud service console, the new name and tag will not be updated to the
resources which have expired in the bill.
Example:
1. On October 10, 2023, a customer subscribed to an EVS disk for one month. The
Billing Center generated an order for the new purchase and the bill for the resource
usage.
2. On November 8, 2023, the customer renewed the EVS disk for one month. The
Billing Center generated another order for the renewal and the bill for the resource
usage.
3. On November 20, 2023, the customer updated the resource name and resource tag
on the EVS console.
Result:
– Because the resources in the new purchase order have expired, the resource name
and tag will not be updated in the corresponding bill.
– However, the resources in the renewal order are still in use, the resource name and
tag will be updated in the corresponding bill.

----End

6.2.5 Exporting Bills

Huawei Cloud generates the final bill for each month's expenditures on the third
day of the following month. It is made available for viewing or export at 10:00
a.m. on the fourth of the following month.
You can select the type of bills to be exported as you required.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Table 6-2 Exported Files

Bill Function File Billing Operations
Type Forma Period
t

Bill Expenditure ● PDF By 1. Choose Billing > Bills,

summa summary of the ● XLS billing and click Export.
ry current month. X cycle 2. Select Summary bill. Set
The summary is the time, file format, and
not updated in data dimension.
real time and 3. Click Export.
cannot be used for
reconciliation.

Transac Transaction CSV By 1. Choose Bills > Bill

tions records, which can billing Summary, and click
be used for cycle Export.
reconciliation. 2. Select Transaction Bills,
and set the time.
3. Click Export.

Bill Usage and CSV ● By 1. Choose Billing > Bill

details expenditure of billin Details.
each resource for g 2. Select a billing cycle, set
the current cycle the dimension and data
account, which ● By period. Click Export.
can be used to day
check commercial
discounts. ● By
detail
s

NOTE

● In the PDF summary bill, the amounts are rounded off to the 2nd decimal place.
● Exact amounts (accurate to the 8th decimal place) are displayed on the exported file in
Excel or CSV format.

6.2.6 Payment History

You can view all payment records of your cash account and credit card in a
specified period.

Important Notes
If you have chosen the monthly settlement option, your payment records are
displayed only after fees are deducted from your account.
If the payment currency is not USD, the amount is converted to USD based on the
exchange rate. and then rounded off to the 2nd decimal place. When the currency
is Japanese yen, the amounts are rounded off to an integer.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Viewing Payment Records

Step 1 Go to Payment History page.
Step 2 Select a payment date to view all payment records in that period.

----End

Downloading Payment Records

Click Export in the upper left corner of the page. You can download the exported
contents on the Billing Center > Export History page.

6.2.7 Usage Details

You can view or export the usage details of the 95th percentile bandwidth, 95th
percentile bandwidth (enhanced), 95th percentile bandwidth (guaranteed), and
daily peak bandwidth for CDN, VPC, CC, EIP, and OBS services. Billing Center
prepares your usage details of the last 18 months.

Important Notes
To obtain complete usage details, query the data of a month after the third day of
the following month.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Usage Details page.
Step 2 Set the service type, resource type, and time to export usage details.

----End

6.2.8 Data Storage

6.2.8.1 Enabling Data Storage

You can enable expenditure data storage by creating a bucket on Object Storage
Service (OBS). Huawei Cloud will synchronize your bills to the designated bucket
on OBS.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

NOTE

● The bill data storage service is upgraded to provide more detailed bill data. If you
have enabled the old version of the bill data storage service, you can click the
button in the upper right corner of the page to experience the new version of the
service.
The new version of the bill data storage service does not affect the old version. If you
want to switch to the new version, disable the old version.
● If you enabled the data storage service or update the push settings after 04:00, Huawei
Cloud will not send your bills of the previous day.
For example, if you enabled the data storage service at 08:10 on February 10, 2024, you
will not receive the bills of February 09, 2024.

Enabling Bill Subscription

Step 1 Create a bucket on OBS. For details about how to create a bucket, see Creating a
Bucket.

Step 2 Log in to the Billing Center.

Step 3 Go to the Expenditure Data Storage page.

Step 4 Set the bucket name.

NOTE

If the bucket becomes invalid, expenditure data storage is automatically disabled.

Step 5 Click Verify.

A message indicating that the verification is successful is displayed and all eligible
bills are presented.

Step 6 Select the bills that you want to export and click Enable.

Once authorized and verified, the files for your selected bills will be synchronized
to your bucket on OBS every day.

● Set Push
If you select the check box, the expenditure data updated upon bill
adjustments will be synchronized to your bucket on OBS.
● Save Bills of Unified Accounting Members
This field is available only to the master account with unified accounting.
When this field is set to Yes, Huawei Cloud pushes bills of member accounts
to the master account for unified accounting. If this field is set to No, Huawei
Cloud does not push bills of member accounts to the master account.

Step 7 Click Get Code.

Step 8 Enter the received SMS verification code and click OK.
NOTE

You can click Disable next to the object storage name to close expenditure data storage.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Downloading Subscribed Bills

Step 1 Choose Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
Step 2 Click the bucket name.

Step 3 In the navigation bar on the left, click Objects. You can view all files of the
subscribed bills that have been exported.
NOTE

● Bills of the same type are sorted in descending order.

● You can search for bills by bill name prefix. Example: Enter
Spendings(ByResource)_201906 in the search box to view all resource bill files in June
2019.
● Data generated each day for customers in the monthly settlement mode is estimated. It
is suggested that these customers obtain the full bill of a month on the fourth day of
the next month.

After expenditure data storage is enabled, data listed in Table 6-3 will be
automatically exported based on your selection.

Table 6-3 Exported bills

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported Filename Identifier
Period

Resource Every day Data of the month (prior %account name

bill by to the day on which the %_InstanceBillMonth_Y
billing cycle data is exported) YYYMM
(applicable Third day of Data of the last month
to the new each month
version)

Detail bill Every day Data of the previous day %account name
by usage %_PriceFactorBillDe-
type tail_YYYYMMDD
(applicable Third day of Data of the last month %account name
to the new each month %_PriceFactorBillDe-
version) tail_YYYYMMDD-
YYYYMMDD

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported Filename Identifier

Period

Resource Every day Resource expenditure Resource_Expenditures_

Expenditure data of the previous day YYYYMMDD
s
Third day of Pay-per-use expenditure Resource_Expenditures(
(applicable each month data of the last month Pay-per-
to the old (for example, data of Use)_MonthlyBill_YYYY
version) CDN expenditure MM
charged based on daily
average peak
bandwidth).
NOTE
Such data is not displayed
if there is no monthly-
settled pay-per-use
products.

Spendings Every day Current month Spendings

(By (excluding the day on (ByResource)_YYYYMM
Resource) which the data is DD
(applicable exported)
to the old Third day of Last month (YYYYMMDD Spendings
version) each month in the file name (ByResource)_YYYYMM
indicates the last day of DD
the last month)

Step 4 Select the bill you want to download and click Download in the Operation
column.

----End

Further Description
If you want to download subscribed bills every day, run the following script to set
it up. After the setup is completed, the subscribed bills will be automatically
downloaded.

NOTE

The following code example is for reference only. You can make changes to it for
development as needed.
#!/usr/bin/python
# -*- coding:utf-8 -*-
import string,os,sys,datetime
import commands
import json

#get date
date = datetime.date.today()-datetime.timedelta(1)
str_date = date.strftime("%Y%m%d")

AK = ''

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

SK = ''
server = ''
bucketName = ''
#prefix="Consumedetails_"+str_date
prefix="Resource_Expenditures_"+str_date
print prefix

from com.obs.client.obs_client import ObsClient

# Constructs a obs client instance with your account for accessing OBS
obsClient = ObsClient(access_key_id=AK, secret_access_key=SK, server=server)

#find which billing

resp=obsClient.listObjects(bucketName,prefix)
#billing name
objectKey=resp.body.contents[0].key
localFileDir='/opt/huawei/zcm/data/'+objectKey
# Download the object to a file
print('Downloading an object to dir:' + localFileDir + '\n')
obsClient.getObject(bucketName, objectKey, downloadPath=localFileDir)

Description of parameters:
● AK: access key ID on OBS. One AK maps to only one user but one user can
have multiple AKs. The OBS system recognizes the users who access the
system by their access key IDs. For details about how to obtain the AK and SK,
see Obtaining Access Keys (AK and SK).
● SK: secret access key on OBS. It is used to access OBS. Authentication
information is generated for users based on their SKs and request header
fields. An SK matches an AK.
● server: domain name, which is the address of the bucket on the Internet. It
can be used for scenarios where the bucket is accessed directly through the
domain name, such as cloud application development and data sharing. You
can obtain its value from "1" in Figure 6-3.
● bucketName: name of the bucket used for the subscribed bills. You can obtain
its value from "2" in Figure 6-3.
● prefix: bills that need to be automatically downloaded.
– "Resource_Expenditures_": Indicates resource expenditure records.
– "Spendings (ByResource)_": Indicates the resource bill.
● localFileDir: local directory for storing downloaded bill files.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Figure 6-3 Obtaining parameters for automatically downloading subscribed

bills

6.2.8.2 Format of Resource Bill by Billing Cycle (for New Version)

Bill Description
1. After subscribing to resource bills by billing cycle on the Billing > Data
Storage page of the Billing Center, you can download and view these bills
from Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
For details about how to download the bills, see Downloading Subscribed
Bills.
2. Select the folder named after a date as needed.

3. The date folder is opened. Download the resource bill file.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported Filename Identifier

Period

Resource Every day Data of the month (prior %account name

bill by to the day on which the %_InstanceBillMonth_Y
billing cycle data is exported) YYYMM
For example, the file
exported on April 10,
2021 contains bill details
from April 1, 2021 to
April 9, 2021.
NOTE
Due to the data report
delay, the daily bills may
not include all transaction
data. You are not advised
using the daily bills for
reconciliation and monthly
data analysis.

Third day of Data of the last month

each month (recommended for
reconciliation)
For example, the file
exported on April 3,
2021 includes bill details
of March 2021 (a billing
cycle).

Bill Content

Table 6-4 Parameters in resource bill by billing cycle

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

Billin String Interval of time from the end of one billing 2020-08
g statement date to the next billing statement
Cycle date. It is determined by Huawei Cloud and is
generally one natural month. When a billing
cycle ends, the system calculates all the fees that
a customer needs to pay during the billing cycle
and generates a bill.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

Enter String Name of the specified enterprise project. If no default

prise enterprise project is selected for the cloud
Proje service, default is displayed as the value of this
ct field.

Enter String ID of the specified enterprise project. If no 0

prise enterprise project is selected when the customer
Proje purchases a product, the enterprise project ID is
ct ID 0.

Acco String Account name of the customer to which a bill zhangsan

unt belongs.

Servi String Code of a product type. hws.service.t

ce ype.ebs
Type
Code

Servi String Type of a cloud service. Elastic

ce Volume
Type Service

Reso String Code of a product. hws.resource.

urce type.volume
Type
Code

Prod String ID of a product. d5d5ba12f9e

uct d4d0f997ab4
ID 8464133d24

Reso String Name of a cloud service. Elastic

urce Volume
Type Service

Billin String Billing mode. The options are as follows: Monthly

g ● Yearly
Mod
e ● Monthly
● Daily
● One-off
● Pay-per-use
● Reserved Instance
● Savings Plans

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

Bill String Type of a billing item. Expenditure-

Type ● Expenditure-purchase: fees of purchased purchase
yearly/monthly subscriptions
● Expenditure-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly
subscriptions that you manually renew
● Expenditure-use: fees of pay-per-use products
● Expenditure-auto-renewal: fees of yearly/
monthly subscriptions that are automatically
renewed
● Expenditure-hourly billing: fees for reserved
instances and savings plans that are billed
hourly.
● Expenditure-savings plans used: expenditures
paid for using savings plans
● Expenditure-unsubscription service charge:
handling fees charged for unsubscriptions
● Expenditure-month-end deduction for support
plan: fees charged for the support plan at the
end of a month
● Expenditure-change: fees incurred due to
changes in the specifications of yearly/
monthly subscriptions
● Expenditure-monthly payment: fees of yearly/
monthly subscription that is paid monthly
● Refund-unsubscription: fees of yearly/monthly
products that are unsubscribed from
● Refund-change: expenditures generated when
a yearly/monthly resource is changed, for
example, its specifications are downgraded
NOTE
The bill type of specification downgrade orders
from Refund-unsubscription to Refund-change
since August 25, 2022 (GMT+08:00).
● Refund-change to pay-per-use: fees for the
refunds generated when a yearly/monthly
subscription is changed to pay-per-use billing.
● Adjustment-compensation: fees compensated
by Huawei Cloud
● Adjustment-deduction: fees paid when
Huawei Cloud makes an account adjustment.
For example, when Huawei Cloud adjusts a
specification downgrade order, the original
refund amount is paid first.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

Reso String Unique ID of a cloud service resource. e46a3ab3-

urce d1ca-42e4-8
ID 4d7-
db19d17024
55

Reso String Name of a cloud service resource. volume-6d23

urce
Nam
e

Reso String User-defined tag of a cloud service resource. group

urce
Tag

SKU String An SKU code is unique to a product. SATA

Code

Specif String A collection of attributes and their values used Common I/O
icati to describe the features of the resource that a | 10.0 GB
ons cloud service needs. Specifications of resources
of the same type have the same attributes but
different attribute values.

Pare String ID of the parent resource to which a resource -

nt belongs.
Reso
urce
ID

Root String ID of the root of a resource. Child resources -

Reso belong to parent resources, and parent resources
urce belong to root resources.
ID

Regi String Code of a region. cn-north-1

on
Code

Regi String Cloud service region that provides public cloud CN North-
on service resources independently and serves a Beijing1
large geographical area.

AZ String A physical zone where resources use AZ1

independent power supply and networks. AZs
are physically isolated. One region has multiple
AZs. If one AZ becomes faulty, the other AZs in
the same region can still provide services. AZs in
the same region can access each other on an
intranet.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

List BigDe Price of the product for the specified period 3

Price cimal displayed on the Huawei Cloud official website.

Disc BigDe Discounts offered for cloud services, for example, 0

ount cimal commercial discounts and promotional
discounts. It is the discounted amount based on
the list price.

Amo BigDe Amount that should be paid for used cloud 3

unt cimal services after discounts are applied. The
discounts include promotional discounts,
discount coupons, and commercial discounts.

Cash BigDe Amount that is paid by cash. 3

Pay cimal
ment

Credi BigDe Amount that is paid by credit. After the bill is 0

t cimal generated, credit payments are included in the
Pay amount due.
ment

Cash BigDe Amount paid using cash coupons. 0

Coup cimal
on
Used

Flexi BigDe Amount paid using flexi-purchase coupons. 0

- cimal
Purc
hase
Coup
on
Used

Store BigDe Amount paid using stored value cards. 0

d cimal
Valu
e
Card
Pay
ment

Mon BigDe Amount settled monthly. 0

thly cimal This parameter is displayed only for monthly-
Settl settled customers.
eme
nt

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

Arre BigDe Amount to be deducted and paid, including 0

ars cimal uncleared amount and unsettled amount.
This parameter is displayed only for non-
monthly-settled customers.

Writt BigDe Part of amount in the arrears that is written off 0

en cimal by Huawei and does not need to be paid.
Off

Orde String Order No. is a unique identifier of a yearly/ CS21061515

r monthly order. Transaction No. is a unique 539V0RHH6
No./ identifier of payment for billing modes, such as
Trans pay-per-use.
actio
n No.

Start String Time when billing for a cloud service starts. 2021-06-15
Time 16:05:43
GMT+08:00

End String Time when billing for a cloud service ends. 2021-07-15
time 23:59:59
GMT+08:00

Spot String Whether the current pay-per-use instance is N

Insta using spot pricing.
nce ● N
● Y
This field takes effect from 00:00:00 on August
1, 2021. The related data can be viewed and
exported.

Tradi String Enterprise master account. zhangtao

ng This parameter is displayed only when you have
Acco enabled the Enterprise Center and the
unt association model is Unified Accounting
Management.

Asso String Association mode of the enterprise master Unified

ciati account and its member accounts. accounting
on This parameter is displayed only when you have
Type enabled the Enterprise Center and the
association model is Unified Accounting
Management.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Nam Value
e

Com String Unique ID of a combined order. CS24CSYZHD

bine Huawei Cloud will combine multiple orders that 0050016
d need to be executed in a batch, such as operated
Orde in a batch and paid in a batch. You need to pay
r No. or cancel the orders together in a combined
order. After a combined order is paid, each cloud
service in the combined order can be managed
separately.

Sub- String Name of a child resource for a cloud service. --

reso A child resource takes the subordinate position
urce among several associated resources, for
Nam example, an EVS system disk is a child resource
e of an ECS.

Sub- String Unique ID of a child resource for a cloud service. 230606_bca3

reso 73129f0b436
urce 4b45f83b686
ID 89f1e1

Sub- String Service type of a child resource for a cloud Elastic

reso service. Volume
urce Service
Prod
uct
Type

Sub- String Service name of a child resource for a cloud Elastic

reso service. Volume
urce Service
Prod
uct

6.2.8.3 Format of Detail Bill by Usage Type (for New Version)

Bill Description
1. After subscribing to detailed bills by usage type on the Billing > Data
Storage page on the Billing Center, you can download and view these bills
from Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
2. Select the folder named after a date as needed.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

3. The date folder is opened. Download the usage type details bill file.

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported Filename Identifier

Period

Detail bill Every day Data of the previous day %account name
by usage For example, the file %_PriceFactorBillDe-
type exported on April 3, tail_YYYYMMDD
2021 includes bill details
on April 2, 2021.
NOTE
Due to the data report
delay, the daily bills may
not include all transaction
data. You are not advised
using the daily bills for
reconciliation and monthly
data analysis.

Third day of Data of the last month %account name

each month (recommended for %_PriceFactorBillDe-
reconciliation) tail_YYYYMMDD-
For example, the file YYYYMMDD
exported on April 3,
2021 includes bill details
of March 2021 (a billing
cycle).

Bill Content

Table 6-5 Parameters in detail bill by usage type

Field Type Field Description Example
Name Value

Billing String Interval of time from the end of one billing 2020-08
Cycle statement date to the next billing
statement date. It is determined by Huawei
Cloud and is generally one natural month.
When a billing cycle ends, the system
calculates all the fees that a customer
needs to pay during the billing cycle and
generates a bill.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Enterprise String Name of the specified enterprise project. If default

Project no enterprise project is selected for the
cloud service, default is displayed as the
value of this field.

Enterprise String ID of the specified enterprise project. If no 0

Project ID enterprise project is selected when the
customer purchases a product, the
enterprise project ID is 0.

Account String Account name of the customer to which a zhangsan

bill belongs.

Service String Code of a product type. hws.service

Type Code .type.aom

Service String Type of a cloud service. Application

Type Operations
Manageme
nt

Resource String Code of a product. hws.resour

Type Code ce.type.ao
m.alarmrul
eai

Product ID String ID of a product. 00301-215

174-0--0

Resource String Name of a cloud service. AI

Type AlarmRule
Of AOM

Billing String Billing mode. The options are as follows: Pay-per-

Mode ● Yearly use
● Monthly
● Daily
● One-off
● Pay-per-use
● Reserved Instance
● Savings Plans

Expenditur String Time when the expenditure occurs. For 2020-08-2

e Time yearly/monthly products, it is the time of 3 22:00:00
payment, while for pay-per-use products, it GMT
is the period from the effective time to the +08:00-202
expiration time of the resource reported in 0-08-23
the SDR. 23:00:00
GMT
+08:00

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Start Time String Time when billing for a cloud service starts. 2020-08-2
3 22:00:00
GMT
+08:00

End time String Time when billing for a cloud service ends. 2020-08-2
3 23:00:00
GMT
+08:00

Order No./ String Order No. is a unique identifier of a yearly/ 450b5ab2-

Transaction monthly order. Transaction No. is a unique 5a4e-4c16-
No. identifier of payment for billing modes, a8ea-
such as pay-per-use. bcd564d17
73f

Transaction String Time when the fee is paid for an 2020-08-2

Time expenditure. 3 23:41:33
GMT
+08:00

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Bill Type String Type of a billing item. Expenditur

● Expenditure-purchase: fees of purchased e-use
yearly/monthly subscriptions
● Expenditure-renewal: fees of yearly/
monthly subscriptions that you manually
renew
● Expenditure-use: fees of pay-per-use
products
● Expenditure-auto-renewal: fees of yearly/
monthly subscriptions that are
automatically renewed
● Expenditure-hourly billing: fees for
reserved instances and savings plans that
are billed hourly.
● Expenditure-savings plans used:
expenditures paid for using savings plans
● Expenditure-unsubscription service
charge: handling fees charged for
unsubscriptions
● Expenditure-month-end deduction for
support plan: fees charged for the
support plan at the end of a month
● Expenditure-change: fees incurred due to
changes in the specifications of yearly/
monthly subscriptions
● Expenditure-monthly payment: fees of
yearly/monthly subscription that is paid
monthly
● Refund-unsubscription: fees of yearly/
monthly products that are unsubscribed
from
● Refund-change: expenditures generated
when a yearly/monthly resource is
changed, for example, its specifications
are downgraded
NOTE
The bill type of specification downgrade
orders from Refund-unsubscription to
Refund-change since August 25, 2022 (GMT
+08:00).
● Refund-change to pay-per-use: fees for
the refunds generated when a yearly/
monthly subscription is changed to pay-
per-use billing.
● Adjustment-compensation: fees
compensated by Huawei Cloud

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

● Adjustment-deduction: fees paid when

Huawei Cloud makes an account
adjustment. For example, when Huawei
Cloud adjusts a specification downgrade
order, the original refund amount is paid
first.

Resource String Unique ID of a cloud service resource. aombilling

ID -
alarmrulea
i-
a410b0d62
68a48e394
6a84c4a39
c8a00.0

Resource String Name of a cloud service resource. --

Name

Resource String User-defined tag of a cloud service resource. group

Tag

SKU Code String An SKU code is unique to a product. aom.alarm

rule.ai.base

Specificatio String A collection of attributes and their values Basic

ns used to describe the features of the intelligent
resource that a cloud service needs. threshold
Specifications of resources of the same type rules
have the same attributes but different AOS stack |
attribute values. 4

Region String Code of a region. cn-north-1

Code

Region String Cloud service region that provides public CN North-

cloud service resources independently and Beijing1
serves a large geographical area.

AZ String A physical zone where resources use AZ1

independent power supply and networks.
AZs are physically isolated. One region has
multiple AZs. If one AZ becomes faulty, the
other AZs in the same region can still
provide services. AZs in the same region can
access each other on an intranet.

Usage Type String Code of a usage type. aom.count

Code

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Usage Type String How a pay-per-use cloud service is billed, count

such as by duration, capacity, or upstream
traffic.

Unit Price BigDe Price of product usage, such as $5 USD. 0.15

cimal

Unit String Unit to measure the unit price, such as GB/ USD/
hour, Mbps/hour, and GB. 10,000
(times)

Usage Unit String Unit to measure the product usage. Byte

Usage Unit String Usage unit used for pricing a product when GB
(for the product is released.
Pricing)

Usage BigDe How a cloud service is used within a period 1

cimal of time, such as by duration, capacity,
count, or traffic.

Total BigDe Usage displayed in the unit used for pricing 0.0000000
Usage cimal when the product is released. The value is 009
(Pricing truncated to a maximum of 10 decimal
Unit) places.
Total Usage (Pricing Unit) = Total Usage/
Conversion Factor
For example, 1 byte = 1/(1024 x 1024 x
1024) GB. The value is truncated to 10
decimal places and will be displayed as
0.0000000009.

Package BigDe Usage of a product or resource included in --

Usage cimal a resource package within a period of time.
If this usage does not exceed the package
quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Package BigDe Package usage displayed in the unit used --

Usage cimal for pricing when the product is released.
(Pricing The value is truncated to a maximum of 10
Unit) decimal places.

Usage in BigDe Usage of a product or resource included in 0

Reserved cimal a reserved instance within a period of time.
Instances If this usage does not exceed the package
quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Usage in BigDe Usage for a reserved instance, which is 0

Reserved cimal displayed in the unit used for pricing when
Instances the product is released. The value is
(Pricing truncated to a maximum of 10 decimal
Unit) places.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Conversion BigDe Used to change Usage Unit to Usage Unit 3600

Factor cimal (for Pricing).
For example, the conversion factor between
seconds and hours is 3600.

List Price BigDe Price of the product for the specified period 0.15
cimal displayed on the Huawei Cloud official
website.

Discount BigDe Discounts offered for cloud services, for 0

cimal example, commercial discounts and
promotional discounts. It is the discounted
amount based on the list price.

Amount BigDe Amount that should be paid for used cloud 0.15
cimal services after discounts are applied. The
discounts include promotional discounts,
discount coupons, and commercial
discounts.

Cash BigDe Amount that is paid by cash. 0.15

Payment cimal

Credit BigDe Amount that is paid by credit. After the bill 0

Payment cimal is generated, credit payments are included
in the amount due.

Cash BigDe Amount paid using cash coupons. 0

Coupon cimal
Used

Flexi- BigDe Amount paid using flexi-purchase coupons. 0

Purchase cimal
Coupon
Used

Stored BigDe Amount paid using stored value cards. 0

Value Card cimal
Payment

Monthly BigDe Amount settled monthly. 0

Settlement cimal This parameter is displayed only for
monthly-settled customers.

Arrears BigDe Amount to be deducted and paid, including 0

cimal uncleared amount and unsettled amount.
This parameter is displayed only for non-
monthly-settled customers.

Written Off BigDe Part of amount in the arrears that is written 0

cimal off by Huawei and does not need to be
paid.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Discount String Discount type used for the expenditure. Commercia

Type ● Promotional discount l contract
discount
● Commercial contract discount
● Channel contract discount
● Joint operations product discount
This field takes effect from 00:00:00 on
November 15, 2020. The related data can
be viewed and exported.

Discount String Describes the details of the discounts 70%

Subtype applied.
● % off
● Fixed unit price
● Amount off
This field takes effect from 00:00:00 on
August 1, 2021. The related data can be
viewed and exported.

Order Type String Type of a product order: New

● New purchase purchase
● Renewal
● Unsubscription
● Change
● Compensation: implemented by
renewing orders for customers.
● Yearly/monthly to pay-per-use
● Pay-per-use to yearly/monthly
● Trial use
● Commercial use
● Price adjustments: additional charges
and reversal
● Return
● Exchange

Quantity String Number of order items. 2

Number of String Duration of an order period. For example, 1

Terms for an order valid for 3 months, 3 is the
number of terms.

Term Unit String For example, for an order valid for 3 Year
months, month is the term unit.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

RI Hours String Number of hours that a reserved instance is 100

Purchased purchased.
This field takes effect from 00:00:00 on
August 1, 2021. The related data can be
viewed and exported.

Unsubscrip String Reason for an unsubscription. --

tion This field takes effect from 00:00:00 on
Reason August 1, 2021. The related data can be
viewed and exported.

Unsubscrip BigDe Handling fees for unsubscriptions. 10.11

tion cimal
Handling
Fee

Original String Order No. for a resource before it is CS2007020

Order No. unsubscribed from. 834553YB

Spot String Whether the current pay-per-use instance is N

Instance using spot pricing.
● N
● Y
This field takes effect from 00:00:00 on
August 1, 2021. The related data can be
viewed and exported.

Amount BigDe Actual hourly amount spent in the savings 0.0720000

Deducted cimal plan in the pay-per-use billing mode. 1
from
Savings
Plan

Savings String Savings plan which is used to cover the 1d67b4483

Plan expenditures of the pay-per-use resource. 2cd4db8b5
d4a9c548e
e1930

Savings String Discount obtained when you commit to a 60%

Plan savings plan depends on the hourly
Discount commitment.

Payment String Options selected when you placed an order Partial

Option in the billing mode such as Reserved upfront
Instance and Savings Plans. The options
include all upfront, partial upfront, and no
upfront.

Hourly BigDe Committed expenditure per hour in a 1.00

Commitme cimal savings plan. Different discounts are applied
nt based on hourly commitment.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Type Field Description Example

Name Value

Sub- String Name of a child resource for a cloud --

resource service.
Name A child resource takes the subordinate
position among several associated
resources, for example, an EVS system disk
is a child resource of an ECS.

Sub- String Unique ID of a child resource for a cloud 230606_bc

resource ID service. a373129f0
b4364b45f
83b68689f
1e1

Sub- String Service type of a child resource for a cloud Elastic

resource service. Volume
Product Service
Type

Sub- String Service name of a child resource for a cloud Elastic

resource service. Volume
Product Service

Combined String Unique ID of a combined order. CS24CSYZ

Order No. Huawei Cloud will combine multiple orders HD005001
that need to be executed in a batch, such as 6
operated in a batch and paid in a batch.
You need to pay or cancel the orders
together in a combined order. After a
combined order is paid, each cloud service
in the combined order can be managed
separately.

Trading String Enterprise master account. zhangtao

Account This parameter is displayed only when you
have enabled the Enterprise Center and the
association model is Unified Accounting
Management.

Association String Association mode of the enterprise master Unified

Type account and its member accounts. accounting
This parameter is displayed only when you
have enabled the Enterprise Center and the
association model is Unified Accounting
Management.

Domain Id String Dedicated zone accounts bound to the llf_domian

current HUAWEI CLOUD account, such as _test
the government cloud and financial zone
accounts.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

6.2.8.4 Format of Resource Expenditure Bill Files (for Old Version)

Bill Description
1. After subscribing to resource expenditure bills on the Billing > Data Storage
page of the Billing Center, you can download and view these bills from
Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
For details about how to download the bills, see Downloading Subscribed
Bills.
2. Select the folder named after a date as needed.

3. Open the date folder. Download the resource expenditures file.

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported Filename Identifier

Period

Resour Every day Resource expenditure data of Resource_Expenditure

ce the previous day s_YYYYMMDD
Expen NOTE
ditures Due to the data report delay, the
daily bills may not include all
transaction data. You are not
advised using the daily bills for
reconciliation and monthly data
analysis.

Third day Pay-per-use expenditure data Resource_Expenditure

of each of the last month (for s(Pay-per-
month example, data of CDN Use)_MonthlyBill_YYY
expenditure charged based on YMM
daily average peak
bandwidth).
NOTE
Such data is not displayed if
there is no monthly-settled pay-
per-use products.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Bill Content

Table 6-6 Fields

Field Name Field Description

Expenditure Expenditure time of a product.

Time If the billing mode is Yearly/Monthly or Savings Plan, this field
indicates the payment time of the product.
If the billing mode is Pay-per-use or Savings plans-hourly billing,
this field specifies the validity period of the cloud service.

Billing Cycle Interval of time from the end of one billing statement date to the
next billing statement date. It is determined by Huawei Cloud
and is generally one natural month. When a billing cycle ends,
the system calculates all the fees that a customer needs to pay
during the billing cycle and generates a bill.

Resource ID Unique ID of a cloud service resource.

Resource Name of a cloud service resource.

Name

Resource User-defined tag of a cloud service resource.

Tag

BE Supplier of the product:

● HUAWEI CLOUD
● Reseller

Billing Billing mode. The options are as follows:

Mode ● Monthly
● Yearly
● Daily
● One-off
● Pay-per-use
● Savings plans-upfront payment
● Savings plans-hourly billing

Service Type Type of a cloud service.

Resource Type of a cloud service resource.

Type

Resource Name of a cloud resource.

Type

Resource A collection of attributes and their values used to describe the

Specificatio features of the resource that a cloud service needs. Specifications
ns of resources of the same type have the same attributes but
different attribute values.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Name Field Description

Region Cloud service region that provides public cloud service resources
independently and serves a large geographical area.

Enterprise ID of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project is

Project ID selected when the customer purchases a product, the enterprise
project ID is 0.

Enterprise Name of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project

Project is selected for the cloud service, default is displayed as the value
Name of this field.

Usage Type How a pay-per-use cloud service is billed, such as by duration,

capacity, or upstream traffic.

Usage/ How a cloud service is used within a period of time, such as by

Commitmen duration, capacity, count, or traffic.
t Period

Package Usage of a product or resource included in a resource package

Usage within a period of time. If this usage does not exceed the package
quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Usage in Usage of a product or resource included in a reserved instance

Reserved within a period of time. If this usage does not exceed the package
Instances quota, no extra charges are incurred.

Usage Unit Unit to measure the product usage.

Total List Price of the product for the specified period displayed on the
Price Huawei Cloud official website.

Discount Discounts offered for cloud services, for example, commercial

Amount discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts. It is the discounted amount based on the list price.

Amount Amount that should be paid for used cloud services after
discounts are applied. The discounts include promotional
discounts, discount coupons, commercial discounts, and partner
authorized discounts.

Order Type Type of a product order:

● New purchase
● Renewal
● Unsubscription
● Change: specification upgrade or downgrade Generally, a
positive amount indicates a specification upgrade and a
negative amount indicates a specification downgrade.

Order No. Unique ID of an order.

Transaction Time when the fee is paid for an expenditure.

Time

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Name Field Description

VAT Tax amount.

Sub- Name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource A child resource takes the subordinate position among several
Name associated resources, for example, an EVS system disk is a child
resource of an ECS.

Sub- Unique ID of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource ID

Sub- Service type of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product
Type

Sub- Service name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product

Combined Unique ID of a combined order.

Order No. Huawei Cloud will combine multiple orders that need to be
executed in a batch, such as operated in a batch and paid in a
batch. You need to pay or cancel the orders together in a
combined order. After a combined order is paid, each cloud
service in the combined order can be managed separately.

Account Account of the customer to which the bill belongs. This

parameter is displayed only when the master account with
unified accounting sets Save Bills of Unified Accounting
Members to Yes.

6.2.8.5 Format of Detailed Resource Bill Files (for Old Version)

Bill Description
1. After subscribing to detailed resource bills on the Billing > Data Storage
page of the Billing Center, you can download and view these bills from
Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
For details about how to download the bills, see Downloading Subscribed
Bills.
2. Select the folder named after a date as needed.

3. Open the date folder. Download the resource bill file.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported Filename Identifier

Period

Spendings Every day Current month Spendings(ByResource

(By (excluding the day on )_YYYYMMDD
Resource) which the data is
exported)
NOTE
Due to the data report
delay, the daily bills may
not include all
transaction data. You are
not advised using the
daily bills for
reconciliation and
monthly data analysis.

Third day Last month Spendings(ByResource

of each (YYYYMMDD in the file )_YYYYMMDD
month name indicates the last
day of the last month)

Bill Content

Table 6-7 Fields

Field Field Description

Name

Billing Interval of time from the end of one billing statement date to the
Cycle next billing statement date. It is determined by Huawei Cloud and
is generally one natural month. When a billing cycle ends, the
system calculates all the fees that a customer needs to pay during
the billing cycle and generates a bill.

Resource Unique ID of a cloud service resource.

ID

Resource Name of a cloud service resource.

Name

Resource User-defined tag of a cloud service resource.

Tag

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Field Description

Name

Region Cloud service region that provides public cloud service resources
independently and serves a large geographical area.

Service Type of a cloud service.

Type

Resource Type of a cloud service resource.

Type

Resource Name of a cloud resource.

Type

Enterprise ID of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project is

Project ID selected when the customer purchases a product, the enterprise
project ID is 0.

Enterprise Name of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project is

Project selected for the cloud service, default is displayed as the value of
Name this field.

BE Supplier of the product:

● HUAWEI CLOUD
● Reseller

Billing Billing mode. When the expenditure amount of a product is a

Mode negative value, the order type is unsubscription or specification
downgrade.
● Yearly/monthly
● Pay-per-use
● Savings plans-upfront payment
● Savings plans-hourly billing

Total List Price of the product for the specified period displayed on the
Price Huawei Cloud official website.

Amount Amount that should be paid for used cloud services after discounts
are applied. The discounts include promotional discounts, discount
coupons, commercial discounts, and partner authorized discounts.

Discount Discounts offered for cloud services, for example, commercial

Amount discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts. It is the discounted amount based on the list price.

Remarks Supplementary information.

VAT Tax amount.

Sub- Name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource A child resource takes the subordinate position among several
Name associated resources, for example, an EVS system disk is a child
resource of an ECS.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178

Billing Center
User Guide 6 Bill Management (New Version)

Field Field Description

Name

Sub- Unique ID of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
ID

Sub- Service type of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product
Type

Sub- Service name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product

Account Account of the customer to which the bill belongs. This parameter
is displayed only when the master account with unified accounting
sets Save Bills of Unified Accounting Members to Yes.

6.2.9 Bill Run for Pay-per-Use Resources

Important Notes
The amounts for pay-per-use resources of the current month are only estimate.
The accurate amounts will be displayed in the bill generated on the 3rd of the
following month.

Estimated Bill
Pay-per-use resources are billed by usage type, for example, cloud servers are
billed by duration (hourly, daily, or monthly). The fees are updated after the billing
cycle ends.

● Hourly: HUAWEI CLOUD calculates fees based on your hourly usage. For
example, the fees incurred from 8:00 to 9:00 will be refreshed before 10:00.
● Daily: HUAWEI CLOUD calculates fees after 03:00 every day based on the
usage for the previous day. For example, the fees incurred from 00:00:00 on
May 11, 2021 to 00:00:00 on May 12, 2021 would be refreshed at around
03:00:00 on May 12, 2021.
● Monthly: HUAWEI CLOUD calculates fees at the beginning of each month
based on the usage of the previous month. For example, the fees incurred
from 00:00:00 on April 1, 2021 to 23:59:59 on April 30, 2021 would be
refreshed at around 01:00:00 on May 1, 2021.
NOTE

The fees for resources billed by daily peak bandwidth are refreshed at about 16:00
every day based on the usage of the previous day. The fees for monthly-settled CDN
services are refreshed at about 20:00 on the first day of the next month based on the
usage for the previous month.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

7 Tax Help

7.1 Tax Help

7.2 Tax Notice

7.1 Tax Help

Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea, India, South Africa, Morocco, United Arab
Emirates, Bahrain, Mexico, Chile, Brazil, Egypt, Kenya, Cambodia, Vietnam, Japan,
Thailand, Nigeria, Türkiye, Saudi Arabia, Philippines, Ethiopia, Mauritius, Papua
New Guinea, Pakistan, and Indonesia have the following requirements on filling in
tax-related information:

Malaysia
Cross-border digital services provided by non-resident businesses to Malaysian
customers should be subject to Malaysian Digital Services Tax ("DST"). Sparkoo
Technologies Singapore Pte. It is required that Sparkoo Technologies Singapore
Pte. Ltd. ("Singapore Sparkoo") charge a DST of 6% on cloud services provided
remotely to all Malaysian customers. We will issue invoices that reflect these taxes
to you, and relevant tax amount will be displayed in your Billing Center. Singapore
Sparkoo will remit all DST collected from Malaysian customers to the Malaysia tax
authority.
From January 1, 2020, the supply of cross-border digital services by non-resident
enterprises to Malaysia customers is subject to Malaysia Service Tax ("ST"). Due to
the new legislation coming into effect from January 1, 2020, it is required that
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") charge an ST of
6% on cloud services provided remotely for all Malaysia customers. We will issue
invoices that reflect these changes to you, and relevant tax amount will also
appear in your Billing Center. Huawei Services will remit all service tax collected
from Malaysia customers to the Malaysia tax authority.
Notice of Significant Tax Changes:
The Malaysia service tax rate on digital services will be increased to 8%,
which will take effect from 1 March 2024.
According to the latest SERVICE TAX (RATE OF DIGITAL SERVICES TAX)
(AMENDMENT) ORDER 2024 published by Malaysian Second Minister of Finance

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

in 27 February 2024, the service tax rate on digital services provided by Foreign
Registered Person will increase from 6% to 8%, effective from 01 March 2024.
Facing the upcoming service tax rate increase on 1 March 2024, we have
commenced preparing for the transitional period, based on the content of Service
Tax (Rate of Digital Services Tax) (Amendment) Order 2024. (https://
mystods.customs.gov.my/)
Please pay attention that this notice will be updated if the Malaysian tax authority
published new transitional guidelines towards service tax changes.

Singapore
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.
("Singapore Sparkoo") is a GST-registered company in Singapore. The GST
Registration Number is 202141109N. As announced by the Minister of Finance in
the Singapore Budget 2022, the GST rates for Singapore will be increased from 7%
to 8% with effect from 1 January 2023, and from 8% to 9% with effect from 1
January 2024. Based on the guidelines published by the IRAS in the GST e-Tax
Guide "2024 GST Rate Change: A Guide for GST-registered Businesses (Second
Edition)", Singapore Sparkoo have prepared the following proposed approaches.
From January 1, 2024, It is required that Singapore Sparkoo charge a GST of 9%
on cloud services provided remotely to all customers (including GST-registered and
non-GST registered customers) in Singapore. We will issue invoices that reflect
GST to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. All
GST collected from Singapore customers will be paid to the Singapore Tax
Authority.
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd. ("Huawei Services") is a company
incorporated in Hong Kong. From February 1, 2020, the supply of cross-border
digital services by non-resident enterprises to Singapore non-business customers
(which include individuals and businesses that are not registered for GST, regarded
as "non-GST registered customers") is subject to Singapore Goods and Services
Tax ("GST"). As announced by the Minister of Finance in the Singapore Budget
2022, the GST rates for Singapore will be increased from 7% to 8% with effect
from 1 January 2023, and from 8% to 9% with effect from 1 January 2024. Based
on the guidelines published by the IRAS in the GST e-Tax Guide "2024 GST Rate
Change: A Guide for GST-registered Businesses (Second Edition)", Huawei Services
have prepared the following proposed approaches. From January 1, 2024, it is
required that Huawei Services charge GST of 9% on remote digital services
provided to Singapore non-GST registered customers who have not acquired a GST
registration number. All GST collected from Singapore non-GST registered
customers will be paid to the Singapore Tax Authority. Huawei Services does not
charge GST on services provided to Singapore GST-registered customers. We will
issue invoices that reflect GST to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in
your Billing Center. Huawei Services relies on your taxable status in Singapore to
determine your taxpayer identity. If you select GST Register and update tax-
related information and Tax Identification Number (a 10-digit number and
character string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account
Center, Huawei Services will not apply GST on your future purchases of services. If
your Qualification Name is Non GST Register, Huawei Services will collect 9% GST
and pay to the Singapore Tax Authority.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

South Korea
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.
("Singapore Sparkoo") is a company incorporated in Singapore and has registered
for VAT as oversea vender. All cloud services remotely provided by Singapore
Sparkoo to South Korean customers (with no VAT registration number) will be
subject to a 10% VAT. All VAT collected from South Korean customers will be paid
to the South Korean tax authority. We will issue invoices that reflect these taxes to
you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. Singapore
Sparkoo does not charge VAT on cloud services provided for South Korean VAT
registered customers. Singapore Sparkoo relies on your taxable status in South
Korea to determine your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and update
tax-related information and Tax Identification Number (a 10-digit numeric string,
e.g. xxx-xx-xxxxx) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account
Center, Singapore Sparkoo will not levy VAT on your future purchases of taxable
services. If your Qualification Name is Non VAT Register, Singapore Sparkoo will
collect 10% VAT and remit to the South Korean Tax Authority.
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd. ("Huawei Services") is a company
incorporated in Hong Kong and has registered for VAT as oversea vender. All
digital services remotely provided by Huawei Services for South Korean customers
(with no VAT registration number) will be subject to a 10% VAT. All VAT collected
from South Korean customers will be paid to the South Korean tax authority. We
will issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will
also appear in your Billing Center. Huawei Services does not charge VAT on digital
services provided for South Korean VAT registered customers. Huawei Services
relies on your taxable status in South Korea to determine your taxpayer identity. If
you select VAT Register and update tax-related information and Tax Identification
Number (a 10-digit numeric string, e.g. xxx-xx-xxxxx) in the HUAWEI CLOUD
Official Website > Console > Account Center, Huawei Services will not levy VAT on
your future purchases of taxable services. If your Qualification Name is Non VAT
Register or you have not selected any Qualification Name, Huawei Services will
collect 10% VAT and pay to the South Korean Tax Authority.
Huawei Technologies (Korea) Co., Ltd. (Huawei Korea) is a VAT-registered
company in South Korea. Huawei Korea is required to impose 10% value-added
tax (VAT) on all cloud services provided to customers in South Korea. These taxes
will be reflected in our invoice to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in
your Billing Center. All VAT collected from Korean customers will be paid to
Korean tax authorities. If you are a VAT registrant, please ensure your VAT
registration number (a 10-digit numeric string, e.g. xxx-xx-xxxxx) is maintained in
your HUAWEI CLOUD account center. After you complete the maintenance, your
VAT registration number will be displayed on tax invoices issued to you by Huawei
Korea.

India
From July 1, 2017, Service Tax, VAT and certain other taxes in India have been
replaced with the Goods and Services Tax ("GST"). Now, all sales of cloud services
made by Huawei Telecommunications (India) Company Private Limited ("Huawei
India") to customers in India is subject to GST. Since Huawei India is based in the
state of Haryana, it will charge SGST (9%) and CGST (9%) to customers in
Haryana. Huawei India will charge IGST (18%) to customers located in other
states. If you are using our services for business purposes and are registered for

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

Indian GST, please update your GSTIN in the account center. It is especially
important that your State is selected correctly. This will allow us to provide you
with correct tax invoices and will enable you to obtain a tax credit in accordance
with local laws. Please check your billing and contact addresses to ensure that the
information input is correct.

South Africa
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") is registered as a
value-added tax vendor of the South African Revenue Service ("SARS") in
accordance with the Value-Added Tax Act 89 of 1991 of South Africa. From July 1,
2020, Huawei Services will collect a 15% VAT on electronic services sold to
individuals (B2C) and enterprises (B2B) registered in South Africa. The value-
added tax amount will be reflected on invoices. All value-added tax paid by
customers in South Africa will be paid to SARS. If you are a VAT registrant of
SARS, ensure that you have entered your VAT registration number in the account
center of HUAWEI CLOUD. After you complete the entry, your VAT registration
number will be displayed on tax invoices issued to you by Huawei Services.

Morocco
From November 1, 2020, services remotely provided by Huawei Services (Hong
Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") for Moroccan customers will be subject to
a 20% VAT. All VAT collected from Moroccan customers will be paid to the
Moroccan tax authority. We will issue invoices that reflect these changes to you,
and relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. To determine
whether a customer is VAT registered and issue compliant notes, Huawei relies on
your provision of a valid Moroccan VAT registration number. Therefore, if you are
using HUAWEI CLOUD services for business purposes and are registered for
Moroccan VAT, you need to update your VAT registration number in the account
center to make sure that you can receive correct invoices.

United Arab Emirates

SPARKOO TECHNOLOGIES - SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP L.L.C. ("UAE Sparkoo" for
short) is a resident enterprise registered as a VAT taxpayer in the United Arab
Emirates (UAE). The VAT registration number is 100453584300003. UAE Sparkoo
will charge 5% VAT on cloud services from all UAE customers, regardless of
whether you have registered and have not registered as a VAT taxpayer. UAE
Sparkoo will issue tax invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax
amount will also appear in your Billing Center. All VAT collected from the UAE
customers will be paid to the UAE tax authority by UAE Sparkoo. If you are a
customer who has registered a UAE VAT number, select VAT Register and update
tax-related information and Tax Certificate Number (a 15-digit number) in the
HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center. UAE Sparkoo will
issue Tax Invoice to you. If you are a customer who has not registered a UAE VAT
number, select Non VAT Register in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website >
Console > Account Center. UAE Sparkoo will issue Simplified Tax Invoice to you.

Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.
("Singapore Sparkoo") is a GST-registered company in Singapore, and has been
registered as a VAT taxpayer in the United Arab Emirates as an offshore supplier.
Singapore Sparkoo will charge 5% VAT on all remotely provided cloud services

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

from the UAE customers who do not have UAE VAT TRN. Singapore Sparkoo will
pay all VAT collected from the United Arab Emirates customers to the United Arab
Emirates tax authority. We will issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and
relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. For cloud services
provided by Singapore Sparkoo, the customers (with VAT registered) in the United
Arab Emirates need to file tax returns by themselves in accordance with the
Reverse Charge Mechanism implemented by the United Arab Emirates. Singapore
Sparkoo relies on your taxable status in the United Arab Emirates to determine
your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and update tax-related
information and UAE VAT TRN (a 15-digit numeric string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD
Official Website > Console > Account Center, Singapore Sparkoo will not levy VAT
on your future purchases of taxable services. If your Qualification Name is Non
VAT Register or you have not selected any Qualification Name, Singapore Sparkoo
will collect 5% VAT and remit to the United Arab Emirates Federal Tax Authority.
From June 1, 2020, Digital services remotely provided by Huawei Services (Hong
Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") for customers (without UAE VAT TRN) in
the United Arab Emirates will be subject to 5% VAT, which will be reflected on
invoices and to be paid from Huawei Services to the United Arab Emirates tax
authority. Customers (with UAE VAT TRN) in the United Arab Emirates for whom
Huawei provides services need to file tax returns by themselves in accordance with
the Reverse Charge Mechanism implemented by the United Arab Emirates. We will
issue invoices that reflect these changes to you, and relevant tax amount will also
appear in your Billing Center. Huawei Services relies on your taxable status in
United Arab Emirates to determine your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT
Register and update tax-related information and UAE VAT TRN (a 15-digit
numeric string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account
Center, Huawei Services will not apply VAT on your future purchases of taxable
services. If your Qualification Name is Non VAT Register or you have not selected
any Qualification Name, Huawei Services will collect 5% VAT and pay to the
United Arab Emirates Federal Tax Authority.

Bahrain
From January 1, 2022, digital services remotely provided by Huawei Services
(Hong Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") for Bahraini customers (without
VAT registration number) will be subject to a 10% VAT, which will be paid from
Huawei Services to the Bahrain tax authority. For digital services provided by
Huawei Services, the customers (with VAT registration number) in the Bahrain
need to file tax returns by themselves in accordance with the Reverse Charge
Mechanism implemented by Bahrain. We will issue invoices that reflect these taxes
to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. Huawei
Services relies on your taxable status in Bahrain to determine your taxpayer
identity. If you select VAT Register and update tax-related information and Tax
Identification Number (a 15-digit numeric string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official
Website > Console > Account Center, Huawei Services will not levy VAT on your
future purchases of taxable services. If your Qualification Name is Non VAT
Register, Huawei Services will collect 10% VAT and pay to the Bahrain Tax
Authority.

Mexico
All cloud services sold by Huawei Technologies de México, S.A. de C.V. to
customers in Mexico are subject to a value-added tax (VAT) of 16%. If you have

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

registered for Registro Federal de. Contribuyentes (RFC) in Mexico, it is important

that you update your RFC information in the account center. This will allow us to
provide you with correct tax invoices and will enable you to obtain a tax credit in
accordance with local laws. Please ensure that your bill and contact information is
correct so that we can present the correct information on the tax invoices issued
to you.

Chile
From June 1, 2020, digital services remotely provided by Huawei Services (Hong
Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") for customers who are not VAT taxpayers
in Chile will be subject to 19% VAT. Huawei Services will pay all VAT collected
from the Chilean customers to the Chile tax authority. For digital services provided
by Huawei Services, the customers who are VAT taxpayers in Chile need to fulfill
the tax obligations according to the tax laws and regulations in Chile. We will
issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will also
appear in your Billing Center. Huawei Services relies on your taxable status in Chile
to determine your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and update tax-
related information and VAT register number (RUT) (a 9-digit numeric string) in
the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center, Huawei Services
will not levy VAT on your future purchases of taxable services. If your Qualification
Name is Non VAT Register, Huawei Services will collect 19% VAT and pay to the
Chile Tax Authority.

Brazil
Cloud services sold by Huawei do Brasil Telecomunicacoes Ltda. ("Huawei do
Brasil") to Brazilian customers are subject to ISS and PIS/CONFINS. The ISS tax
rate is determined by the city where the customer receives the service, and the
PIS/CONFINS tax rate is 1.65% and 7.6% respectively. In addition, according to
Brazil's tax laws and the LC Code for the procurement of cloud services, PCC and
IRRF may also be involved. Generally, the PCC tax rate is 4.65% and the IRRF tax
rate is 1.5%. If you are using our cloud services for business purposes and are
registered for CNPJ, please maintain your CNPJ registration number in the account
center. Check your bill address information to ensure that you have entered the
state and city where you are located correctly. We will issue invoices to you based
on the information you provide.

Egypt
From May 1, 2021, services remotely provided by Huawei Services (Hong Kong)
Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") for individual customers (without VAT
registration number) in Egypt will be subject to a 14% VAT in accordance with
Egypt's tax laws. The value-added tax amount will be reflected on invoices.
Huawei will pay all VAT collected from individual Egypt customers to the Egyptian
tax authority. Business customers (VAT registered) in Egypt for whom Huawei
provides services need to file tax returns by themselves in accordance with the
Reverse Charge Mechanism implemented by Egypt. We will issue invoices that
reflect these changes to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in your
Billing Center. Huawei relies on your provision of a valid VAT registration number
to determine your taxpayer identity. If you are using HUAWEI CLOUD services for
business purposes and are registered for Egyptian VAT, you need to register your
VAT registration number in the account center to make sure that you are not

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

charged VAT. If you have uploaded a valid VAT registration number, Huawei will
not apply VAT on your future purchases of taxable services.

Kenya
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. ("Singapore Sparkoo ") has registered a
simplified VAT number in Kenya. It is required that Singapore Sparkoo charges a
VAT of 16% on cloud services provided remotely for all Kenyan customers. We will
issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will also
appear in your Billing Center. Singapore Sparkoo will remit all VAT collected from
Kenyan customers to the Kenya Revenue Authority.
Effective July, 1, 2022, services remotely provided by Huawei Services (Hong Kong)
Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") to all Kenyan customers will be subject to a 16%
VAT. We will issue invoices that reflect these changes to you, and relevant tax
amount will also appear in your Billing Center. Huawei Services will pay all VAT
collected from Kenya customers to the Kenya tax authority.

Cambodia
From April 1, 2022, services remotely provided by Huawei Services (Hong Kong)
Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") for Cambodia customers will be subject to a 10%
VAT. We will issue invoices that reflect these changes to you, and relevant tax
amount will also appear in your Billing Center. Huawei Service will pay all VAT
collected from Cambodia customers to the Cambodia tax authority.

Vietnam
From Jan 1, 2022, services provided by Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited
("Huawei Services","Huawei Cloud") for Vietnam individual customers (Certificate
of Incorporation not registered) will be subject to a 5% VAT. We will issue invoices
that reflect these changes to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in
your Billing Center. Huawei Services will pay all VAT collected from Vietnam
individual customers to the Vietnam Tax Authority. Business customers (Certificate
of Incorporation registered) in Vietnam for whom Huawei Services provides
services need to file tax returns by themselves in accordance with the Reverse
Charge Mechanism implemented by Vietnam. Huawei Services relies on your
taxable status in Vietnam to determine your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT
Register and update tax-related information and Tax Identification Number (a 10-
digit numeric string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account
Center, Huawei Services will not apply VAT on your future purchases of taxable
services. If your Qualification Name is Non VAT Register or you have not selected
any Qualification Name, Huawei Services will collect 5% VAT and pay to the
Vietnam Tax Authority.

Japan
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.
("Singapore Sparkoo") registered the Japanese legal entity number on December
14, 2023. From January 1, 2024, digital services remotely provided by Singapore
Sparkoo for all Japanese customers will be subject to a 10% VAT. We will issue
invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear
in your Billing Center. Singapore Sparkoo will pay all VAT collected from Japanese
customers to the Japan tax authority.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") registered the
Japanese legal entity number on December 14, 2022, with the legal entity number
7700150113391. (The VAT Registration No. T7700150113391 will be issued soon.)
From January 1, 2023, digital services remotely provided by Huawei Services for all
Japanese customers will be subject to a 10% VAT. We will issue invoices that
reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing
Center. Huawei Service will pay all VAT collected from Japanese customers to the
Japan tax authority.
If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident and has Tax
Residency Certificate, you can apply for the preferential withholding tax rate (0%)
per tax treaty between the Japan and Singapore.
TRC link: Singapore-Services-TRC-JP.PDF

Thailand
Sparkoo Technologies Thailand Co., Limited ("Thailand Sparkoo") is a VAT-
registered company in Thailand. The VAT Registration Number is 0105565047713.
Cloud services remotely provided by Thailand Sparkoo for all Thai customers will
be subject to a 7% VAT. We will issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and
relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. Thailand Sparkoo will
pay all VAT collected from Thailand customer to the Thailand Revenue
Department. If you are a customer who has registered a Thailand VAT tax ID,
please select VAT Register and update tax-related information and Tax
Identification Number (a 13 digits and cannot be consecutive (1234…)) in the
HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center. If you are a
customer who has not registered a Thailand VAT number, please select NON-VAT
Register in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center. This
information is reflected in the invoice we issue to you.
On the HUAWEI CLOUD official website, choose Console > My Account. If the
company is a head office, set Institution Type to Head Office. If the company is a
branch, set Institution Type to Branch XXXXX, in which XXXXX specifies the
sequence of VAT taxpayers registered with the Thailand tax authority, for example,
Branch 00001.
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Service") is a resident
enterprise established in Hong Kong. As a non-resident cloud service provider in
Thailand, we provide remote cloud services to Thai customers. We have registered
as a VAT registrant in Thailand as Non-resident. According to The Revenue Code
Amendment Act (No.53) B.E. 2564 (2021), Huawei Service will not charge VAT to
Thailand VAT register Customer, if following 2 condition is satisfied, Thailand VAT
register Customer have to report and pay VAT by form PP36: (1) Non-resident
electronic service providers and electronic platforms have information determining
that the customer is a VAT registrant; (2) The customer has informed non-resident
electronic service providers and electronic platforms about their VAT registration
number. Huawei Service will charge Thailand VAT when providing remote cloud
service to Non-VAT register customer in Thailand. All VAT collected from Thailand
non-VAT registrants will be paid to the Thailand Revenue Department. We will
issue invoices that reflect VAT to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in
your Billing Center.
Huawei Services relies on your taxable status in Thailand to determine your
taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and update tax-related information

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

and Tax Identification Number (a 13-digit number and cannot be consecutive

(1234…)) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center,
Huawei Services will not apply VAT on your future purchases of services. If your
Qualification Name is Non-VAT Register or you have not selected any
Qualification Name, Huawei Services will collect 7% VAT and pay to the Thailand
Revenue Department.

Nigeria
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a GST-
registered company in Singapore, and has been registered as a VAT taxpayer in
the Nigeria as an offshore supplier. Singapore Sparkoo charges a VAT of 7.5% on
cloud services provided remotely to all Nigerian customers. We will issue invoices
that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will be displayed in your
Billing Center. Singapore Sparkoo will remit all VAT collected from Nigerian
customers to the Nigerian Tax Authority.

Türkiye
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a company
incorporated in Singapore and has registered as Special VAT Registration for
Electronic Service Providers with VAT registration number 7811044640. As
announced by the Presidential Decision Numbered 7346, published in the Official
Gazette dated 07.07.2023 and Numbered 32241, the Value Added Tax ("VAT")
rates for Türkiye are increased from 18% to 20% with effect from 10 July 2023.
According to the announcement, all invoices issued by Singapore Sparkoo to its
non-VAT registered customers in Türkiye starting from 10 July (including 10th
July) 2023 will increase from 18% to 20%. All VAT collected from Turkish
customers will be paid to the Turkish tax authorities. These taxes will be reflected
in our invoice to you and the amount will be displayed in your Billing Center.
Singapore Sparkoo provides cloud services to customers who have registered as
VAT taxpayers in Türkiye. Customers must declare and pay VAT according to the
requirements of Reverse Charge rules in Türkiye. Singapore Sparkoo relies on your
tax qualification in Türkiye to determine your tax status. If you have selected VAT
Register as the qualification name on the Huawei Cloud official website, choose
Console > Account Center, and uploaded a valid qualification certificate and Tax
Identification Number (a string of 10 digits), Sparkoo will not charge VAT for your
future taxable services. If your qualification name is Non VAT Register or you have
not selected any Qualification Name, Singapore Sparkoo's invoices will include
20% VAT from 10th July, 2023 onwards and pay it to the Turkish Tax Authority.
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited ("Huawei Services") is a company
incorporated in Hong Kong and has registered Special VAT Registration for
Electronic Service Providers. All cloud services remotely provided by Huawei
Services to Turkish customers (with no VAT registration number) will be subject to
a 20% VAT. All VAT collected from Turkish customers will be paid to the Turkish
tax authorities. We will issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant
tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center. For cloud services provided by
Huawei Services, the customers (with VAT registered) in the Türkiye need to file
tax returns by themselves in accordance with the Reverse Charge Mechanism
implemented by the Türkiye. Huawei Services relies on your taxable status in
Türkiye to determine your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and update
tax-related information and Tax Identification Number (a 10-digit numeric string)
in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center, Huawei

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

Services will not levy VAT on your future purchases of taxable services. If your
Qualification Name is Non VAT Register or you have not selected any
Qualification Name, Huawei Services will collect 20% VAT and remit to the
Turkish Tax Authority.
If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident and has Tax
Residency Certificate, you can apply for the preferential withholding tax rate (0%)
per tax treaty between Türkiye and Singapore.
TRC link: Singapore-Services-TRC-Türkiye.pdf

Saudi Arabia
Sparkoo Technologies Arabia Co., Ltd. ("Saudi Sparkoo") is a VAT-registered
company in Saudi Arabia. The VAT Registration Number is 311241898900003.
Cloud services provided by Saudi Sparkoo for all Saudi customers (including VAT
Registered and Non VAT Registered customers) will be subject to a 15% VAT. We
will issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will
also appear in your Billing Center. Saudi Sparkoo will pay all VAT collected from
Saudi customer to Zakat, Tax and Customs Authority. If you are a customer who
has registered a Saudi VAT Tax Certificate, please select VAT Register and update
tax-related information and Tax Registration Number (a 15-digit numeric string)
in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center, Saudi
Sparkoo will issue a Tax Invoice to you. If you are a customer who has not
registered a Saudi VAT Tax Certificate, please select NON-VAT Register in the
HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center, Saudi Sparkoo will
issue a Simplified Tax Invoice to you.
Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a GST-
registered company incorporated in Singapore, and has been registered as a VAT
taxpayer in Saudi Arabia as an offshore supplier. All cloud services remotely
provided by Singapore Sparkoo to Saudi Arabia customers (without VAT
registration number) will be subject to a 15% VAT. All VAT collected from Saudi
Arabia customers will be paid to the Zakat, Tax and Customs Authority. We will
issue invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and the relevant tax amount will also
appear in your Billing Center. For cloud services provided by Singapore Sparkoo,
the customers (with VAT registered) in Saudi Arabia need to self account and file
tax returns by themselves in accordance with the Reverse Charge Mechanism
implemented by Saudi Arabia. Singapore Sparkoo relies on your taxable status in
Saudi Arabia to determine your taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and
update tax-related information and Tax Registration Number (a 15-digit numeric
string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website > Console > Account Center,
Singapore Sparkoo will not levy VAT on your future purchases of taxable services.
If your Qualification Name is Non VAT Register or you have not selected any
Qualification Name, Singapore Sparkoo will collect 15% VAT and remit to the
Zakat, Tax and Customs Authority.
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd. ("Huawei Services") is a company
incorporated in Hong Kong, and has been registered as a VAT taxpayer in Saudi
Arabia as an offshore supplier. All cloud services remotely provided by Huawei
Services for Saudi Arabia customers (without VAT registration number) will be
subject to a 15% VAT. All VAT collected from Saudi Arabia customers will be paid
to the Zakat, Tax and Customs Authority. We will issue invoices that reflect these
taxes to you, and the relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

For cloud services provided by Huawei Services, the customers (with VAT
registered) in Saudi Arabia need to self account and file tax returns by themselves
in accordance with the Reverse Charge Mechanism implemented by Saudi Arabia.
Huawei Services relies on your taxable status in Saudi Arabia to determine your
taxpayer identity. If you select VAT Register and update tax-related information
and Tax Registration Number (a 15-digit numeric string) in the HUAWEI CLOUD
Official Website > Console > Account Center, Huawei Services will not levy VAT on
your future purchases of taxable services. If your Qualification Name is Non VAT
Register or you have not selected any Qualification Name, Huawei Services will
collect 15% VAT and pay to the Zakat, Tax and Customs Authority.

The Philippines
Huawei Technologies Phils. Inc. (Huawei Philippines) is a VAT-registered company
in Philippines. Huawei Philippines is required to impose 12% value-added tax
(VAT) on all cloud services provided to customers in Philippines. These taxes will
be reflected in our invoice to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in
your Billing Center. All VAT collected from Philippines' customers will be paid to
Philippine tax authorities. If you are a VAT registrant, please ensure your VAT
registration number (a 12-digit numeric string, e.g. 123-456-789-101) is
maintained in your HUAWEI CLOUD account center. After you complete the
maintenance, your VAT registration number will be displayed on tax invoices
issued to you by Huawei Philippines.

If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident and has Tax
Residency Certificate, you can apply for the preferential withholding tax rate (0%)
per tax treaty between the Philippines and Singapore.

TRC link: Singapore-Services-TRC-PHP.PDF

Ethiopia
If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident and has Tax
Residency Certificate, you can apply for the preferential withholding tax rate (0%)
per tax treaty between the Ethiopia and Singapore.

TRC link: Singapore-Services-TRC-Ethiopia.pdf

Mauritius
If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident, you can apply for
the preferential withholding tax rate (0%) per tax treaty between the Mauritius
and Singapore.

Papua New Guinea

If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident, you can apply for
the preferential withholding tax rate (0%) per tax treaty between the Papua New
Guinea and Singapore.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

Pakistan
For example, if the service fee is $100 USD and withholding tax rate is 10%, you
need to withhold 10% of the service fee $100 USD (DST excluded) and pay $10
USD to competent tax authorities. As our invoice is issued $113 USD in total
including 13% Sale Service Tax charged by the Sindhi customer, you only need to
pay net amount of $103 USD to HUAWEI CLOUD calculated as "100 - 10 (WHT) +
13 (SST)" and provide us the corresponding withholding tax payment certificate
within 60 days after withholding tax return.

If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI
CLOUD entity ("Singapore Sparkoo") is a Singapore tax resident, you can apply for
the preferential withholding tax rate (i.e. 10% for royalty and technical fee) per
tax treaty between Pakistan and Singapore.

The example above is for reference only. The actual tax rate or amount may vary
according to territories and products.

Indonesia
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Ltd. ("Huawei Services") is a company
incorporated in Hong Kong and have been appointed as the e-Commerce VAT
Collector in Indonesia. From December 1, 2024, services remotely provided by
Huawei Services (Hong Kong) Co., Limited. ("Huawei service") for Indonesia
customers will be subject to a 11% VAT (If the VAT rate in Indonesia changes, the
collect VAT rate will change accordingly). We will issue invoices that reflect these
changes to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear in your Billing Center.
Huawei service will pay all VAT collected from Indonesia customers to the
Indonesia tax authority. If you are a VAT registrant of Indonesia, ensure that you
have entered your VAT registration number in the account center of HUAWEI
CLOUD. After you complete the entry, your VAT registration number will be
displayed on tax invoices issued to you by Huawei service.

PT Sparkoo Technologies Indonesia ("Sparkoo Indonesia") is a VAT-registered

company in Indonesia. The NPWP is 63.785.526.3-014.000. Cloud services provided
by Sparkoo Indonesia for all Indonesia customers (including VAT Registered and
Non VAT Registered customers) will be subject to an 11% VAT. We will issue
invoices that reflect these taxes to you, and relevant tax amount will also appear
in your Billing Center. Sparkoo Indonesia will pay all VAT collected from Indonesia
customer to Indonesia tax office. If you are a customer who has not registered an
Indonesia VAT tax ID, choose Console > Account Center on the HUAWEI CLOUD
official website and select "Non VAT Register" for your tax qualification, and
upload your individual NPWP tax ID (a 15-digit numeric string, for example
XX.XXX.XXX.X-XXX.XXX) or NIK number (a 15-digit numeric string ID number, for
example XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX). If you have registered an Indonesian VAT tax ID
and are designated as VAT collector by the Indonesian tax authorities, choose
Console > Account Center on the HUAWEI CLOUD official website and select "VAT
Register-VAT collector" for your tax qualification, and upload a valid qualification
certificate and NPWP tax ID (a 15-digit numeric string, for example XX.XXX.XXX.X-
XXX.XXX). Sparkoo Indonesia will issue a tax invoice starting with "030". If you are
a customer who has registered an Indonesian VAT tax ID but has not been
designated as VAT collector by the Indonesian tax authorities, choose Console >
Account Center on the HUAWEI CLOUD official website, select "VAT Register-NON
VAT collector" for the tax qualification, and upload NPWP tax ID (a 15-digit

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

numeric string, for example XX.XXX.XXX.X-XXX.XXX). Sparkoo Indonesia will issue

you a Tax Invoice with the invoice number starting with "010".

You can refer to the following guidelines to select a qualification: If you are a
customer who has registered an Indonesian VAT tax ID and are in the following
company list, you are a "VAT Register-VAT Collector"; If you are not on the
company list below, you are a "VAT Register-NON VAT Collector".

List of companies designated by Indonesian tax authorities as "VAT collector":

Click here to view the details.

You can also consult your tax team for VAT tax qualifications. Sparkoo Indonesia
will issue different tax invoices based on your selection. Please select accurately.

If you are a "VAT Register-VAT Collector", you will need to pay VAT directly to the
Indonesian tax authorities and provide us with a certificate for withholding VAT
payment within 30 days. Please send the soft copy of the VAT certificate issued by
the Indonesian tax authorities to [email protected].

Indonesia withholding tax:

The prices of HUAWEI CLOUD and HUAWEI CLOUD KooGallery services include
the withholding tax. When you pay us for HUAWEI CLOUD and HUAWEI CLOUD
KooGallery expenditures generated on or after this date, according to the
Indonesia tax laws, you should withhold/deduct and pay the withholding tax to
competent tax authorities, provide a valid withholding tax payment certificate to
us.

For example, if the service fee is $100 USD and withholding tax rate is 2%, you
need to withhold 2% of the service fee $100 USD (VAT excluded) and pay $2 USD
to competent tax authorities. As our invoice is issued $111 USD in total including
11% VAT, you only need to pay net amount of $109 USD to HUAWEI CLOUD
calculated as "100 - 2 (WHT) + 11 (VAT)" and provide us the corresponding
withholding tax payment certificate within 60 days after withholding tax return.

The example above is for reference only. The actual tax rate or amount may vary
according to territories and products. If you have any questions, please submit a
service ticket to us.

Email the soft copy of withholding tax payment certificate issued by the tax
authority to [email protected].

7.2 Tax Notice

Tax Clause
According to the tax laws in Malaysia and Kenya, HUAWEI CLOUD updated some
clauses in the HUAWEI CLOUD Customer Agreement and Huawei Cloud
KooGallery Terms on November 1, 2021, 00:00:00 (GMT+08:00). Major changes
are as follows:

● The prices of HUAWEI CLOUD and HUAWEI CLOUD KooGallery services did
not include withholding tax before November 1, 2021, 00:00:00 (GMT+08:00).
You need to make an extra payment for the withholding tax to competent tax
authorities if it is required by the tax laws.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

● Since November 1, 2021, 00:00:00 (GMT+08:00), the prices of HUAWEI

CLOUD and HUAWEI CLOUD KooGallery services include the withholding tax.
When you pay us for HUAWEI CLOUD and HUAWEI CLOUD KooGallery
expenditures generated on or after this date, you should withhold/deduct and
pay the withholding tax to competent tax authorities, provide a valid
withholding tax payment certificate to us, according to the local tax laws and
applicable tax treaties and practices.
For example, if the service fee is $100 USD and withholding tax rate is 8%,
you need to withhold 8% of the service fee $100 USD (service tax excluded)
and pay $8 USD to competent tax authorities. As our invoice is issued $108
USD in total including 8% Service Tax on Digital Service charged by the Royal
Malaysian Customs, you only need to pay net amount of $100 USD to
HUAWEI CLOUD calculated as "100 - 8 (WHT) + 8 (service tax)" and provide
us the corresponding withholding tax payment certificate within 60 days after
withholding tax return. Please note that if your signing entity is Sparkoo
Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd., as the HUAWEI CLOUD entity is a Singapore
tax resident and has Tax Residency Certificate, you can apply for the
preferential withholding tax rate (i.e. 8% for royalty, 5% for technical fee) per
tax treaty between Malaysia and Singapore.
The example above is for reference only. The actual tax rate or amount may
vary according to territories and products. If you have any questions, please
submit a service ticket to us.

Links to the Updated Agreements on the HUAWEI CLOUD Official Website

HUAWEI CLOUD Customer Agreement

Huawei Cloud KooGallery Terms

VAT Registration Certificate

Sparkoo Technologies Arabia Co., Ltd. is a VAT-registered company in Saudi Arabia.
The VAT Registration Number is 311241898900003. VAT Registration Certificate
link: VAT Registration Certificate_Sparkoo Technologies Arabia Co., Ltd

Tax Resident Certificate (TRC) and Delivery Addresses for Withholding Tax
Payment Certificate
As the HUAWEI CLOUD entity is a Hong Kong (China) resident, you can download
and use the Tax Resident Certificate (TRC) to apply for the preferential tax rate
per tax treaties. TRC link: HK Services TRC - Malaysia.

If your signing entity is Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd. and as the
HUAWEI CLOUD entity is a Singapore resident, you can download and use the Tax
Resident Certificate (TRC) to apply for the preferential tax rate per tax treaties.
TRC link: Singapore Services TRC - Malaysia.

If you are a Malaysian user, please:

1. Email 1) the soft copy of withholding tax payment certificate issued by the
tax authority and 2) corresponding invoice and exchange rate information
related to the withholding tax payment certificate to
[email protected].

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193

Billing Center
User Guide 7 Tax Help

2. Post the withholding tax payment certificate issued by the tax authority to the
following address:
Chong Soo Ken
Sparkoo Technologies (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.
Suite 32-01, Level 32, Integra Tower, The Intermark, 348, Jalan, Kuala Lumpur,
Malaysia
If you are a Kenyan user, please provide the following email address to your
competent tax authority for them to send us the withholding tax payment
certificate: [email protected].

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

8 Coupons and Discounts

8.1 Cash Coupons

8.2 Commercial Discounts

8.1 Cash Coupons

8.1.1 Introduction
HUAWEI CLOUD cash coupons are provided for customers and partners. They have
a certain face value, and can be used to deduct cash payments when purchasing
HUAWEI CLOUD services.

8.1.2 Cash Coupon Usage Limits

In this section, you can learn about usage limits of cash coupons.

Usage Limits
● Validity period: A cash coupon has a validity period. Wait until a cash coupon
takes effect and then you can use it. Expired cash coupons cannot be used.
● Applicable product: Cash coupons apply to a limited product scope (either
the product type or product specifications).
● Applicable regions: A cash coupon may be used only for products in a certain
cloud service region. For some partner nodes, you need to specify the regions
where using a cash coupon.
● Billing mode: There is a restriction on the billing mode of cash coupons. Each
cash coupon is marked with its applicable billing mode. For example,
"monthly and pay-per-use" indicates the cash coupon can only be used to
purchase monthly products and deduct pay-per-use product fees. You cannot
use this cash coupon to buy products of other billing modes (such as 1-year,
2-year, and 3-year).
● Multiple deductions: After a cash coupon has been used to pay an order and
still has a balance, the balance can be used for other payments within the
validity period of the cash coupon.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

● Write-off: Cash coupons cannot be applied to any generated bills.

● Other limits: Cash coupons cannot be used with discount coupons. Whether
a cash coupon can be used with commercial discounts, partner authorized
discounts, or promotional discounts depends on its specific usage limits.

Example
The following is an example to show you the usage limits of a cash coupon
specifically.

NOTE

You can click the name of a cash coupon to view its detailed usage limits on the Coupons
page in the Billing Center.

1. The validity period of the cash coupon is from March 14, 2023 16:35:09 GMT
+08:00 to July 31, 2023 23:59:59 GMT+08:00.
2. This cash coupon can be used to purchase Huawei Cloud products except for
hardware products.
3. This cash coupon is not limited in subscription type.
4. This cash coupon can be used only when you purchase products in specific
regions such as Langfang IDC and CN East Shanghai2.
5. This cash coupon can be used to purchase yearly (1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-year
subscription), monthly, pay-per-use, and one-off products.
6. This cash coupon cannot be used with discount coupons.

8.1.3 Activating Cash Coupons

You can use a 16-digit activation code that you get offline to activate cash
coupons on the Coupons page in the Billing Center.

NOTE

Only unused activation codes can be used to activate corresponding cash coupons. These
codes are obtained from account managers or other channels offline.
Cash coupons that you get from the HUAWEI CLOUD official website online (including
those issued automatically by the system) do not need to be activated.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Coupons page

Step 2 Click Activate Coupon in the upper right corner.

Step 3 Next to Activation Code, enter the activation code and then click Activate.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

NOTE

You can view successfully activated cash coupons in the cash coupon list on the Coupons
page.

----End

8.1.4 Viewing Cash Coupons

After getting a cash coupon, you can view its validity period, face value, usage
limits, and usage record on the Coupons page in the Billing Center.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Coupons page
Step 2 In the cash coupon list, view the balance, validity period, and usage limits.

● In the button group above the list, select the status of cash coupons:
Available, Used, or Expired.
NOTE

Cash coupons with Available status are displayed by default. If you cannot see the
cash coupon you want, it might be used or expired.
● Click the name of a cash coupon. On the cash coupon details page that is
displayed, view the detailed information and usage records of the cash
coupon.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

----End

8.1.5 How Do I Get and Use Cash Coupons?

After getting a cash coupon, you can use it to pay for a cloud service as required.

Important Notes
● Cash coupons must be used within limits. You can go to the Coupons page in
the Billing Center to view the usage limits of a cash coupon. For details about
what these usage limits mean, see Cash Coupon Usage Limits.
● You cannot withdraw money from, transfer, or request invoices for cash
coupons.
● You cannot use cash coupons to clear existing arrears.
● If both discounts and cash coupons are applicable, discounts are used first.
● Cash coupons will not be refunded in case of resource unsubscriptions or
specification downgrades.
NOTE

However, if you unsubscribe from resources that failed to be provisioned or from a

renewal period that has not taken effect, cash coupons are refunded.

Getting Cash Coupons

Cash coupons can be obtained in either of the following ways:
● Online: Cash coupons obtained from the HUAWEI CLOUD official website,
including those automatically issued to you by HUAWEI CLOUD and those
you collect. When coupons are issued on the HUAWEI CLOUD official website,
eligible customers can go to the promotional event page and obtain available
coupons. Cash coupons obtained online can be used directly without being
activated.
● Offline: Cash coupons (with a 16-digit activation code) obtained from the
account manager or via other channels. You need to go to the Coupons and
Discounts > Cash Coupons page of the Billing Center to activate these
coupons before using them. For details about how to activate cash coupons,
see 8.1.3 Activating Cash Coupons.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

Using Cash Coupons

● Purchasing prepaid products (such as yearly/monthly/one-off products and
the prepaid part of reserved instance products):
Select a cash coupon on the order payment page. (Only one cash coupon can
be used.)
NOTE

The system automatically presents all applicable cash coupons. If no cash coupons are
presented on the order payment page, no cash coupons under your account can be
used.

● Purchasing postpaid products (such as pay-per-use products and the

postpaid part of reserved instance products):
– For postpayment customers whose bills are settled monthly, coupons
are automatically used when the bill of a month is generated on the third
day of the following month.
NOTE

If there are applicable valid cash coupons available for the month when a
postpaid product is used, those coupons will be automatically applied to pay for
the bill, and multiple cash coupons can be used in a single transaction.
– For prepayment customers, cash coupons are automatically used in
nearly real time.
NOTE

If there are applicable valid cash coupons available for a pay-per-use product in
use, those coupons will be automatically applied to pay for the bill.

8.2 Commercial Discounts

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

8.2.1 Viewing Commercial Discounts

A commercial discount can be used in a payment. You can view commercial
discounts on the Commercial Discounts page.

Precautions
Commercial discounts cannot be used with any of partner authorized discounts,
promotional discounts, discount coupons, special-offer contract discounts, and
partner adjusted prices.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Commercial Discounts page.

NOTE

Referral customers can go to the Discounts Granted by Partners page to view the partner
authorized discounts. Partner authorized discounts can be used for periodic products
(excluding those billed on a 2-year or longer basis and part of those billed on a yearly
basis), pay-per-use package products, and pay-per-use products.

Step 2 Click Details in the Operation column for a commercial discount to view its
details.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200

Billing Center
User Guide 8 Coupons and Discounts

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201

Billing Center
User Guide 9 Invoices Management

9 Invoices Management

9.1 Issuing an Invoice

9.2 Returning an Invoice
9.3 How Do I Manage the Withholding Tax (WHT) Certificate?
9.4 Setting Emails to Receive Invoices

9.1 Issuing an Invoice

Huawei Cloud automatically issues invoices for your expenditures.

Precautions
You do not need to request invoices. Huawei Cloud issues them automatically.

Invoices for postpaid customers are issued based on available bills (which are
usually generated on the third day of each month).

Invoices for enterprise member accounts are issued by their master account, not
Huawei Cloud.

Invoices for reseller customers cannot be issued automatically. Please contact your
associated partner to request these invoices.

The invoice types are as follows:

● Subscriptions: After a customer pays for an order online, Huawei Cloud issues
an invoice.
● Monthly settlement: After generating a bill on the third day of each month,
Huawei Cloud issues an invoice. This transaction is applied when a customer
uses Cloud services and then is billed at the end of the month. For details
about monthly settlement, see Monthly Settlement.
● Common transactions: After a customer tops up or withdraws money from a
top-up account, Huawei Cloud issues an invoice (credit memos for
withdrawals).

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202

Billing Center
User Guide 9 Invoices Management

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Invoices page.

Step 2 Click Customer Information.

Step 3 Add your customer information.

1. Click Add Customer Information.
2. Add your email and address, and click OK.

Step 4 After you make a payment, Huawei Cloud automatically generates an invoice.

You can click Download to download an electronic copy.

----End

Tax Identification Number Setting

Enterprise customers must specify their Tax Identification Numbers (TINs) before
requesting invoices. For details about the rules for specifying a TIN, see
Identification Numbers Collected by Huawei Cloud.

9.2 Returning an Invoice

After you perform operations such as unsubscription and money withdrawal, you
do not need to manually return your invoice. Instead, HUAWEI CLOUD will
automatically issue you a credit memo.

9.3 How Do I Manage the Withholding Tax (WHT)

Certificate?
On the Billing Center, you can manage your WHT certificates or receipts. After you
have withheld taxes as required and obtained a WHT certificate issued by the tax
authority, you can submit the certificate on the Huawei Cloud official website and
follow up the certificate processing flow.

Precautions
● The WHT certificate management function is available only to customers
below.

Registered In Signing Entity

Malaysia Sparkoo Technologies Singapore Pte. Ltd.

Thailand Sparkoo Technologies (Thailand) Co., Ltd.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203

Billing Center
User Guide 9 Invoices Management

● Huawei Cloud only displays the invoices issued after the function is launched
or after the invoiced amount include the WHT amount in your country/region.
If there are no expected invoices, submit a service ticket.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Invoices page.
Step 2 Click Withholding Tax Certificates.
Step 3 On the displayed page, click Upload WHT Certificate.
Step 4 On the displayed page, specify the fields and click Submit.

Field Description

Certificate Code Specify the code in the WHT certificate. If no code is

available in the certificate, enter the code generated by the
system.

Certificate Date Select the date when the WHT certificate is issued.

Click and select the date (year-month-day) in the

certificate.

Certificate Enter the total amount according to the amount and

Amount currency in the certificate. Select the currency from the
drop-down list box.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204

Billing Center
User Guide 9 Invoices Management

Field Description

Select Invoices Click Add and select the invoices according to the WHT
certificate. You can select multiple invoices, because one
certificate can match multiple invoices. One invoice can be
selected only once.
The following invoice information is displayed: (Multiple
invoices are displayed in multiple lines if there are any):
● Invoice No.: Automatically displayed according to the
selected invoice.
● Issued: Time when the invoice was issued. This field is
automatically displayed according to the selected
invoice.
● Total Invoice Amount (Including VAT) (Payment
Currency): Automatically displayed according to the
selected invoice.
● Total Invoice Amount (Excluding VAT) (Payment
Currency): Automatically displayed according to the
selected invoice.
NOTE
The payment currency is the currency used in the invoice, that
is, the currency selected in My Account > Preferences >
Currency.
● Certificate Amount (Certificate Currency):
Specified manually for each invoice. The sum of the
specified amounts must be equal to the Certificate
Amount value.
If only one invoice is selected, the Certificate Amount
value is displayed and can be edited.
● Certificate Amount (Payment Currency):
Specified manually. Convert the Certificate Amount
(Certificate Currency) value to a value with two
decimal places in the currency used for the payment.

Certificate Upload a signed or scanned copy of the WHT certificate.

Attachment The certificate file must be a PDF or image only
(.JPEG, .PNG, or .GIF). The file size cannot exceed 10 MB.
For multiple files, compress them into a .zip package and
upload it.

Remarks Specified manually.

Step 5 Click Submit.

----End

Follow-up Operations
After uploading the WHT certificate, you can view the uploading record on the
Withholding Tax Certificates page, such as the uploading time and review status

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205

Billing Center
User Guide 9 Invoices Management

(to be reviewed, approved, or rejected). Click Details in the Operation column to

view the WHT certificate details. Click Download in the Operation column to
download the certificate.

9.4 Setting Emails to Receive Invoices

You can enable the email notification for invoices if you want the system to send
invoices by email when there are expenditures in a month. The function is disabled
by default.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Invoices page.
Step 2 Click Receive Invoices by Emails. The Receive Invoices by Email dialog box is
displayed.

Step 3 Click to enable the function.

Step 4 Click Modify to display the SMS & Email Settings page.
Step 5 In the Invoice row for financial messages, click Modify to set the recipient.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206

Billing Center
User Guide 10 Contracts

10 Contracts

10.1 Viewing Offline Contracts

10.1 Viewing Offline Contracts

Currently, only Huawei Cloud Discount Program (HCDP) offline contracts applied
for by account managers are supported. On the Contracts page of the Billing
Center, you can view details of an offline contract, including coupons and
discounts and commitment terms.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Contracts page.

Step 2 Click Details in the Operation column of an offline contract to go to the contract
details page. View coupons and discounts and commitment terms of the contract.
● On the Coupons and Discounts page, you can check Bill Discount and
Product Discount.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207

Billing Center
User Guide 10 Contracts

● On the Commitment Terms page, you can check the commitment period,
commitment amount, completed amount, and so on.

----End

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208

Billing Center
User Guide 11 Cloud Trace Service

11 Cloud Trace Service

11.1 Supported Billing Center Operations

11.2 Viewing Audit Logs

11.1 Supported Billing Center Operations

Scenario
Cloud Trace Service (CTS) is available on the cloud platform. You can record Billing
Center operations for later query, auditing, and backtracking.

Prerequisites
CTS has been provisioned.

Key Billing Center Operations

Table 11-1 Billing Center operations that can be recorded by CTS

Operation Resource Type Trace Name

Bill details - Exporting the billDetail exportNvlMonthlyBill

transactions (.csv)

Bill details - Exporting the billDetail exportNvlMonthlyBillPrice-

bill details by usage (.csv) FactorDetail

Bill details - Exporting the billDetail exportNvlMonthlyBillRes-

bill details by resource Detail
name or ID (.csv)

Bill details - Exporting the billDetail exportNvlMonthlyBillPro-

bill details by product type ductDetail
and product (.csv)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209

Billing Center
User Guide 11 Cloud Trace Service

Operation Resource Type Trace Name

Bill details - Exporting the billDetail exportNvlMonthlyBillAc-

bill details by account countDetail
(.csv)

Exporting the usage billDetail exportStatUsage

details (.csv)

Resource package- resourcePackages exportFreeResDeduct

Exporting the usage
details (.csv)

Setting the deduction date billingCenter setRenewalDeductionDate

for auto-renewal

Topping up balance accountTopUp

Withdrawing money balance refundApply

Configuring the balance balance changeBalanceAlert

alert

Requesting invoices invoice createInvoiceNew

Deleting invoice templates invoice deleteInvoiceTemplate

Creating invoice templates invoice saveOrUpdateInvoiceTem-

plate

Exporting resource resourcePackages exportResourcePackages

package information

Renewal cloudresouce renewResource

Payment cloudresouce payOrder

Unsubscription cloudresouce unsubscribeResource

Change cloudresouce changeResource

Changing the billing mode cloudresouce changeBillingMode

from pay-per-use to
yearly/monthly

Freezing resources cloudresouce freezeResource

Deleting resources cloudresouce deleteResource

11.2 Viewing Audit Logs

For details, see Querying Real-Time Traces (for New Console).

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

12 Appendix

12.1 Renewal Management (Old Edition)

12.2 Bills for Customers Using Non-Monthly Settlement

12.1 Renewal Management (Old Edition)

12.1.1 Manual Renewal

12.1.1.1 Renewal Rules

You can renew your yearly/monthly subscribed resources. If a resource has entered
the grace period or retention period, the renewed period starts from the original
expiration time (excluding the grace period or retention period).

Rule Description
Note the following rules for a renewal:

● Reserved instance resources are not renewable.

● Pay-per-use resources and spot instance resources are not renewable.
● Resources with a pending specification change, that is, yearly/monthly
resources for which a specification change order has been submitted but has
not been paid, are not renewable.
● Unsubscribed or released resources are not renewable.
● Yearly/monthly resources that have been transitioned or are being
transitioned to pay-per-use billing mode are not renewable.
● If a yearly/monthly resource has supplementary resources, to ensure that the
yearly/monthly resource and the supplementary resources have the same
expiration time, the yearly/monthly resource is not renewable until the
supplementary resources have been provisioned successfully.

Rules for an integrated renewal:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

● Associated resources must be renewed as a whole. Attached resources can be

renewed as a whole or separately.
● Solution portfolio products, fine-grained packages, and DevCloud packages
must be renewed as a whole and partial renewals are not supported.
● You can renew other package portfolio products as a whole, or partially (part
of yearly/monthly subscribed resources). However, a partial renewal will
terminate the portfolio subscription. As a result, you can no longer renew the
portfolio product as a whole and enjoy the overall discounts.
● The MapReduce service must be renewed as a whole.
Rules for a batch renewal:
● Commercial use resources cannot be renewed together with pending
commercial use resources.
● Offline Dedicated Cloud cannot be included in a batch renewal.

12.1.1.2 Manually Renewing a Resource

You can manually renew a yearly/monthly subscription when it is about to expire.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

NOTE

You can click Set Renewal Date to set the expiration date of resources. For details, see
Setting a Renewal Date.

All the resources to be renewed are displayed.

Step 3 Renew resources separately or in batches.
● Separate renewal: Click Renew in the Operation column for the desired
resource.

● Batch renewal: Select the check boxes for the desired resources, and click
Batch Subscribe in the upper left corner.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 4 Select a renewal duration and click Pay.

Step 5 Select discounts and a payment option, and click Pay.

----End

12.1.1.3 Setting a Renewal Date

If you set a renewal date for a yearly/monthly subscription, the subscription will
expire on the fixed date of a month.

Precautions
● If you do not set a renewal date, the default resource expiration date is the
first date of every month.
● You can only set the renewal date to a day (from the 1st day to the 28th day
of a month, or the last day of a month) but not to a whole month.
● The interval between the renewal date and the current billing date cannot be
less than one month. After the renewal date is set, the billing duration of a
resource is accurate to day, and the fee of the days is calculated based on the
fee standard of a yearly/monthly subscription. The renewal fee is subject to
the amount displayed on the renewal page.
The following assumes that the renewal date is the 15th date of each month.
– The expiration date of resource A is 2018-04-28. If you renew the
resource for a month without setting the renewal date, the resource will
expire on 2018-05-28. If you renew the resource for a month and set the
renewal date, the resource will expire on 2018-06-15.
– The expiration date of resource B is 2018-04-01. If you renew the
resource for a month without setting the renewal date, the resource will
expire on 2018-05-01. If you renew the resource for a month and set the
renewal date, the resource will expire on 2018-05-15.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Setting a Renewal Date

Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Click Set Renewal Date.

Step 3 Set the renewal date.

Step 4 Click Save.

----End

Renewing Resources to the Renewal Date

Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Select the resource to be renewed.

● Separate renewal: Click Renew in the Operation column for the desired
resource.
● Batch renewal: Select the check boxes for the desired resources, and click
Batch Subscribe in the upper left corner.

Step 3 Confirm the resource information and set the renewal date.
NOTE

● You can click Modify to reset the unified expiration date for the resources.
● You can view the resource expiration date in the New Expiration Date column.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 4 Click Pay.

After the payment is complete and the renewal is successful, the resource will be
renewed to the renewal date.

----End

12.1.2 Auto-renewal

12.1.2.1 Auto-Renewal Rules

To prevent resource data from being deleted when a product expires, you can
enable auto-renewal after subscribing to a yearly/monthly product. With auto-
renewal, the system automatically renews your product before the product expires.

Application Scope
Auto-renewal applies to yearly/monthly subscriptions, but not to solution portfolio
products.

The following yearly/monthly products support auto-renewal:

● Elastic Cloud Server (ECS)

● Elastic Volume Service (EVS)
● Virtual Private Cloud (VPC)
● Bare Metal Server (BMS)
● Relational Database Service (RDS)
● Web Application Firewall (WAF)

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

● Domain Registration
● Direct Connect
● Distributed Cache Service (DCS)
● Dedicated Enterprise Storage Service (DESS)
● Application Orchestration Service (AOS)
● IoT Platform
● Cloud Connect
● Cloud Bastion Host (CBH)
● Cloud Container Engine (CCE)
● Document Database Service (DDS)
● Conversational Bot Service
● Advanced Anti-DDoS (AAD)
● Dedicated Hardware Security Module (DHSM)
● SaaS offerings and manual service offerings in the marketplace

Rule Description
● Payment methods:
Auto-renewal can be paid using your account balance, cash coupons, and
discounts. They are used in the following priority:
Discount (use one at a time) → Cash coupon (use one at a time) → Account
balance (cash balance first and then credit balance)
NOTE

In an auto-renewal, if there is more than one available cash coupon, the auto-renewal
fee will be paid using the coupon that is about to expire in the nearest future, and
that can combine with the account balance to clear the auto-renewal fee.
For example:
Customer A needs to pay an auto-renewal fee of 50 dollars on 2018-08-20. Customer
A has an account balance of 80 dollars, one cash coupon of 20 dollars that is about to
expire on 2018-08-30, and one cash coupon of 50 dollars that is about to expire on
2018-09-05. For the auto-renewal fee of 50 dollars, the coupon of 20 dollars is used
first, and then the account balance is used to pay the remaining 30 dollars.
Customer B needs to pay an auto-renewal fee of 50 dollars on 2018-08-20. Customer
B has an account balance of 20 dollars, one cash coupon of 20 dollars that is about to
expire on 2018-08-30, and one cash coupon of 50 dollars that is about to expire on
2018-09-05. The cash coupon of 20 dollars and the account balance of 20 dollars are
not sufficient to clear the auto-renewal fee. Therefore, the system directly uses the
cash coupon of 50 dollars instead.
● Fee deduction rules:
The auto-renewal fee of a product will be charged at 03:00, seven days before
the product is due. Ensure that your account balance is sufficient. If the first
attempt to deduct the fee fails due to an insufficient account balance or other
reasons, the system will continue attempts at 03:00 every day until the
resource is released. If a re-attempt is successful, the fee is deducted
successfully.
For example:
Customer A, whose customer level is V0, has purchased an ECS (ECS 01),
which will expire at 23:59:59, 2018-08-31. The auto-renewal period is one

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

month. Both the grace period and retention period for V0 customers are 15
days. That means ECS 01 will be released after 23:59:59, 2018-09-30.
The system attempts to deduct the auto-renewal fee at 03:00, 2018-08-24,
seven days before the expiration time. If the deduction is successful, the auto-
renewal is successful.
If customer A's account balance is insufficient, the first attempt fails, and the
systems will attempt again at 03:00, 2018-08-25, and so on, till 03:00,
2018-09-30. If the account balance is still insufficient at 03:00, 2018-09-02,
the auto-renewal fails eventually.
● Auto-renewal and manual renewal:
When auto-renewal is enabled, you can still perform a manual renewal. If you
pay a renewal manually before the day when the fees will be automatically
charged for an auto-renewal, the system will re-calculate the next auto-
renewal day based on the expiration day of the manual renewal.
● Rules for setting auto-renewal when purchasing a cloud service
– Monthly: Your subscription will be automatically renewed each month.
– Yearly: Your subscription will be automatically renewed each year.
Example:
Customer A purchases an ECS (ECS 01) and enables auto-renewal for it. If the
ECS is subscribed to for eight months, it will be automatically renewed each
month. If the ECS is subscribed to for two years, it will be automatically
renewed each year.

12.1.2.2 Automatically Renewing a Resource

To prevent a resource from being deleted upon expiration, you can enable auto-
renewal for yearly/monthly products you frequently use. Note the Auto-renewal
Rules when enabling auto-renewal.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Set the search criteria.

All the resources to be renewed are displayed.

Step 3 Set auto-renewal for resources separately or in batches.

● Separate auto-renewal: Choose Enable Auto-Renew in the Operation
column for the desired resource.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

● Batch auto-renewal: Select the check boxes for the desired resources, and click
Enable Auto-Renew in the upper left corner.

Step 4 Set the auto-renewal period and number of preset auto-renewals, and click OK.

----End

12.1.2.3 Modifying Auto-Renewal

After enabling auto-renewal, you can change the renewal period.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Choose Modify Auto-Renew in the Operation column for the desired resource.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 3 Select Enable Or Modify Auto-Renew for Renewal Settings and set New Auto-
Renew Period or Reset Auto-renewals.

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

12.1.2.4 Disabling Auto-Renewal

You can disable auto-renewal when needed. After disabling auto-renewal, you
need to manually renew resources before they expire.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Click Modify Auto-Renew in the Operation column for the desired resource.

Step 3 Select Restore Renewal for Renewal Settings.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 4 Click OK.

----End

12.1.3 Buying Again

When you renew a pay-per-use package after the traffic in the package has been
used up, you may encounter a situation where you cannot use the package due to
interrupted use. You can purchase the package again. It can be selected to take
effect immediately or at a specified time.

Application Scope
This operation is only applicable for the pay-per-use package of atomic products.
You cannot buy composite atomic products again but have to renew them.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.

Step 3 Locate the pay-per-use package you want to buy again on the Renewals page
and click Buy Again in the Operation column.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 4 Confirm the package information, usage duration, and effective time, and click
Pay.

NOTE

● The OBS 40GB storage package, OBS 50GB outbound traffic package, and VBS 40GB
resource package cannot be bought again.
● Suspended pay-per-use packages cannot be bought again.
● You can specify the effective time only when buying a pay-per-use package of the IEF,
OBS, VBS, and CSBS atomic products again. For other cloud service atomic products, it
will take effect immediately after you buy them again.

Step 5 Select discounts and a payment option, and click Pay.

----End

12.1.4 Changing Subscriptions

12.1.4.1 From Pay-per-Use to Yearly/Monthly

You can change the billing mode of a resource from pay-per-use to yearly/
monthly. Doing so will create an order. After you pay the order, the yearly/monthly
subscription takes effect immediately.

For example:

At 2018/09/21 09:25:34, a customer purchases a pay-per-use ECS. At 2018/10/15

10:30:34, the customer changes the ECS's billing mode to yearly/monthly and a
change-to-yearly/monthly order is generated. After the customer pays the order,
the ECS immediately enters the yearly/monthly billing mode.

Precautions
● Only those resources in the Enabled status can be changed to yearly/monthly.
● The billing mode of solution portfolio products cannot be changed from pay-
per-use to yearly/monthly.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

● Spot instances do not support change from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly or

from yearly/monthly to pay-per-use.

NOTICE

To enter the page for changing the billing mode of a cloud service product to
yearly/monthly, go to the Console, locate the target cloud service product, and
perform the change operations.
For details about how to change the billing mode to yearly/monthly, see the user
guide of the cloud service product. Below are the relevant links to some products
changing from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly:
● Elastic Cloud Server: Changing the Billing Mode from Pay-per-Use to Yearly/
Monthly
● Cloud Container Engine: How Do I Change Cluster Billing Mode from Pay-
per-Use to Yearly/Monthly?

Procedure
The following uses an ECS as an example to describe how to change its billing
mode from pay-per-use to yearly/monthly.

Step 1 Log in to the management console.

Step 2 Click in the upper left corner and select the desired region and project.
NOTE

On the My Resources page, you can view the region to which your purchased product
belongs.

Step 3 Under Computing, click Elastic Cloud Server.

Step 4 On the Elastic Cloud Server page, select the target ECS.
Step 5 Click More in the Operation column and select Change Billing Mode from the
drop-down list.
NOTE

The billing mode of multiple ECSs can be changed in a batch. To do so, perform the
following operations:
1. Select the target ECSs.
2. Click More on the top of the ECS list and select Change Billing Mode from the drop-
down list.

Step 6 Select the renewal duration and click Submit.

----End

12.1.4.2 From Yearly/Monthly to Pay-per-Use

You can change the billing mode of a resource from yearly/monthly to pay-per-
use. The pay-per-use billing mode will take effect after the original yearly/monthly
subscription has expired.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

For example:

At 2018/09/21 09:25:34, a customer purchases a monthly subscribed ECS. At

2018/10/15 10:30:34, the customer changes the ECS's billing mode to pay-per-use
and a change-to-pay-per-use order is generated. After 2018/10/21 23:59:59, the
new billing mode takes effect and the ECS is charged by usage.

Precautions
● Only those resources in the Provisioned status can be changed to pay-per-
use.
● Yearly/monthly subscriptions can be changed to pay-per-use before their
expiration date. The change will not take effect until the subscription has
expired.
● The billing mode of solution portfolio products cannot be changed from
yearly/monthly to pay-per-use.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Choose More > Change to Pay-per-Use in the Operation column for the desired
resource.

Step 3 Confirm the subscription change details and click Change to Pay-per-Use.

----End

12.1.5 Releasing Resources

You can release resources that are in the Expired or Frozen status if needed.

Precautions
● The number of resource releases is not restricted.
● You can release resources by yourself and do not need to contact customer
service.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.

Step 2 Click to set the search criteria.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

NOTE

Expired and Frozen resources can be released.

Step 3 Click Release for a resource that you want to release.

NOTICE

After a resource is released, the resource and its data cannot be restored. Exercise
caution when performing this operation.

Step 4 Confirm the information of the resource to be released and click Release.

Step 5 Click OK.

----End

12.1.6 Exporting the Renewal List

Before renewing a resource, you can export your renewal list to request funds
from your finance department.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Renewals page.
Step 2 Set the search criteria.
Step 3 Select the target resource and click Export Pending Renewals.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 4 Select a renewal period and an export format (CSV or PDF), and click Export.

A message is displayed indicating that the renewal list has been exported
successfully. If the file cannot be exported, click Download to download the
renewal list manually.

----End

12.2 Bills for Customers Using Non-Monthly Settlement

12.2.1 Expenditure Summary

On the Dashboard page, you can view your expenditure summaries of the last 18
months. Tax is included in all expenditure amounts.

Viewing Expenditure Summary

Step 1 Go to the Dashboard page.
Step 2 View your monthly expenditure summaries of the last 18 months.
1. Summary information of expenditures, refunds, and account adjustments is
displayed, respectively. When logging in with an enterprise master account,
you can view expenditure data of associated member accounts.
– Amount due: The total fee of the monthly bills. The monthly expenditure
amount is the sum of cash payments, cash coupons used, and
outstanding amount. Discounts are not included.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Discounts: The total discount amount in the period. Click the amount link
next to Discounts to view the details.

▪ Outstanding amount: The expenditure amount that you fail to pay

due to insufficient account balance in a specified period. Uncleared
and unsettled amount is also regarded as arrears.

▪ Uncleared amount: Amount to be deducted and paid.

▪ Unbilled amount: The unprocessed amount of a bill to be generated.

▪ Write-off: The outstanding amount that Huawei Cloud discharges

according to the arrears write-off regulations, which customers do
not need to pay.
– Expenditure summary: Your total expenditure amount in a billing cycle.
– Refund summary: Your total unsubscription amount in a billing cycle.
– Account adjustment summary: Your total account adjustment amount in
a billing cycle, such as Huawei write-offs.
2. View the product expenditure summary information.
Cost summary data can be displayed by product, billing mode, and bill type.

Paramete Description
r

Billing Time frame between billings for an account. It is determined

Cycle by Huawei Cloud and is generally one natural month. When a
billing cycle ends, the system calculates all the fees that a
customer needs to pay during the billing cycle and generates a
bill.

Account Account name of the customer to which a bill belongs.

Service Category of a cloud service.

Type

Product Name of a cloud service.

Billing When the order type is unsubscription, this parameter has no

Mode value.
– Yearly/monthly
– Pay-per-use
– Reserved instance

Bill Type The bill types include:

– Expenditure
– Account adjustment
– Refund

List Price The sale price of a product with no commercial discounts and
promotion discounts applied on the Huawei Cloud official
website. List price = Discount amount + Truncated amount +
Amount due.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Paramete Description
r

Discount Discounts offered to customers when they use cloud services,

for example, commercial discounts, partner authorized
discounts, and promotions. The value is the discount amount
based on the list price.

Truncate In pay-per-use billing mode, prices are accurate to two decimal

d places, with the third and later decimal places directly deleted.

Amount Amount that a customer should pay for used cloud services
Due after discounts have been applied. Amount due = Cash
payments + Cash coupon used + Outstanding amount. Click
on the right of the amount due to select whether to hide
expenditures of 0 dollar.

Cash Amount that is paid by cash.

Payment

Cash Fees that are paid using cash coupons.

Coupons
Used

Outstand Amount to be deducted and paid, including uncleared amount

ing and unsettled amount.
Amount

----End

Viewing Historical Data

A partner's customer who has been disassociated with the partner can view
expenditure summaries prior to the disassociation.
1. Click Historical Data.
2. On the displayed page, view the expenditure summary data by billing cycle.

Downloading a Summary Bill

1. Downloading a bill in PDF format
Click Export Monthly Bill and select Summary bill and Export PDF to export
the monthly expenditures in PDF format. After being stamped with Huawei's
seal, this PDF file can be used to describe the content of the corresponding
invoice.
2. Downloading a bill in Excel format
Click Export Monthly Bill and select Summary bill and Export XLSX to
export the monthly expenditures in Excel format. This Excel file can be used
for account reconciliation.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

12.2.2 Bill Settings

You can enable or disable the bill notification function. After the function is
enabled, HUAWEI CLOUD will send bills to you via email or SMS message each
month after these bills are generated.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Bills > Cost Bill, and click Bill Settings in the upper right corner of the
page.

Go to the Cost Bill/Bill Settings page.

Step 2 Turn on the Receive Bills slider.

Step 3 Set the following parameters as needed and click Save.

● Contact Person: Click Modify to modify the bill recipients by choosing SMS &
Email Settings > Finance > Bill in the Message Center.
● Language: Set the language of bill files.
● Bill Amount: If this option is selected, no bill notification is sent when there is
no expenditure in a month.

----End

12.2.3 Expenditure Items

Bills displayed for an enterprise master account contain the expenditure data of its
member accounts. You can view your expenditure items from January 2019 to this
day.

Accuracy of Fee Deduction for Pay-per-Use Products

● HUAWEI CLOUD bills the pay-per-use product with the fee accurate to eight
decimal places. Example: 10.12501236 dollars.
● HUAWEI CLOUD charges the pay-per-use product based on the cloud service
settlement period (in hours, days, or months), with the fee accurate to two
decimal places. Example: 10.12 dollars.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Billing and Fee Deduction Policies of Pay-per-Use Products

You can view all transaction bills in a billing cycle.
Pay-per-use products are charged based on different usage types and can be
settled in hours, days, or months. For example, an ECS is billed hourly. The system
deducts fees of the last settlement period within one hour of when the products
are used.
● Settlement by hour: HUAWEI CLOUD calculates the fee based on your usage
every hour and deducts the fee from your account. For example, fees incurred
from 8:00 to 9:00 are deducted before 10:00.
● Settlement by day: HUAWEI CLOUD calculates the fee based on your usage
and deducts the fee of the day after 00:00 on the next day. For example, fees
incurred from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 on May 11, 2019 are deducted at about
01:00:00 on May 12, 2019.
● Settlement by month: HUAWEI CLOUD calculates the fee based on your
usage and deducts the fee of the month at the beginning of the next month.
For example, fees incurred from 00:00:00 on April 1, 2019 to 23:59:59 on April
30, 2019 are deducted at about 01:00:00 on May 1, 2019.
NOTE

When a product in the billing mode of daily peak bandwidth is settled by day, fees of
a day are usually settled at about 16:00 of the next day. When a product in the billing
mode of 95th percentile bandwidth, enhanced 95th percentile bandwidth, or average
daily peak bandwidth is settled by month, fees of a month are usually settled at about
20:00 on the first day of the next month.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Bills > Expenditure Items page.
Step 2 Set search criteria to view the transaction data.

● Billing Cycle: Time frame between billings for an account. It is determined by

HUAWEI CLOUD and is generally one natural month. When a billing cycle
ends, the system calculates all the fees that a customer needs to pay during
the billing cycle and generates a bill.
● Enterprise Project: The enterprise project to which the cloud resource
belongs. If no enterprise project is selected when the customer purchases a
product, it will be put under the default enterprise project: default.
● Expenditure Time: Time when the expenditure occurs. For yearly/monthly
products, it is the time of payment, while for pay-per-use products, it is the
period from the effective time to the expiration time of the resource.
● Order No./Transaction No.: Link to an order No./Transaction No., from which
you can view all details of the order or transaction.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

● Bill Type: Type of a bill, such as Expenditure-purchase and Refund-

unsubscription.
● List Price: The sale price of a product with no commercial discounts and
promotion discounts applied on the HUAWEI CLOUD official website. List
price = Discount amount + Truncated amount + Amount due.
● Truncated Amount: In pay-per-use billing mode, prices are accurate to two
decimal places, with the third and later decimal places directly deleted.
● Amount: Amount that a customer should pay for used cloud services after
discounts have been applied. The discounts include promotional discounts,
discount coupons, commercial discounts, and partner authorized discounts.
Amount due = Cash payments + Credit payments + Cash coupon used +
Arrears. Click on the right of the amount due to select whether to hide
expenditures of 0 dollar.
● Arrears: Amount to be deducted and paid, including uncleared amount and
unsettled amount.
● Payment Status: Paid, Unsettled (amount to be billed), and Uncleared
(amount that has been billed pending deduction and payment).

----End

12.2.4 Expenditure Details

Bills displayed for an enterprise master account contain the expenditure data of its
member accounts. You can view your expenditure details from January 2019 to
this day.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Bills > Expenditure Details page.

Step 2 Set the filter criteria for dimensions and select a period to view the bill details.
● Usage Type: Aspects from which a pay-per-use cloud service is billed, such as
duration, capacity, upstream traffic, etc.
● Resource: The specific object a customer uses via HUAWEI CLOUD, such as
devices, IP addresses, and ports.
● Product: Category of the resource used for a cloud service.
● Product Type: Category of a cloud service.
● Account: Created after registering with Huawei Cloud. The account has full
access permissions for all the resources owned by itself.
NOTE

Click on the right of the amount due to select whether to hide expenditures of 0 dollar.

----End

12.2.5 Account Statements

You can view your revenue and expenditure details on the Account Statements
page.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Viewing Account Statements

Step 1 Go to the Account Statements page.

Step 2 Select an account type and a time range, and click Search.
NOTE

● If you are a customer of a partner, you can search for the revenue and expenditure
details of your HUAWEI CLOUD account or the partner's account.

● Click on the right of Transaction Type to select the revenue and expenditure type
you want to view.
● When the transaction type is Subscription change, the record indicates a transfer of
your account balance to the partner's subaccount.

----End

Downloading Account Statements

Click Export in the upper left corner of the page. You can see the exported content
at Billing Center > Bills > Export History.

12.2.6 Usage Details

When purchasing CDN, VPC, Cloud Connect in the monthly billing mode of 95th
Percentile Bandwidth, Average Daily Peak Bandwidth, or Enhanced 95th
Percentile Bandwidth, you can export and view the usage details. Usage details
data of the last 18 months can be queried.

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Usage Details page.

Step 2 Set the service type, resource type, billing specification, and use time to export the
usage details.

----End

12.2.7 Obtaining Export History

After submitting an export request on the Expenditures or Account Statements
page, you can download the exported content from the Export History page.

Precautions
The exported content will be automatically deleted three days after the export
request takes effect. Please download the exported files in time.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Procedure
Step 1 Go to the Export History page.
Step 2 In the Operation column of a record, click Download.
The desired record is downloaded to a local directory.

----End

12.2.8 Reconciliation Guidance

Reconciliation is to check the consistency between the bills created by HUAWEI
CLOUD and the bills recorded by your company, so as to check whether your
resource purchase and usage are consistent with the actual expenditures of your
account. If you have any doubts about the bill, contact the HUAWEI CLOUD
customer service by submitting a service ticket. If the bill provided by HUAWEI
CLOUD has any errors, HUAWEI CLOUD will rectify them.

Bill Types
Summary bill: You can obtain it on the Billing Center > Bills > Dashboard page. A
summary bill presents your summarized and cloud service–specific expenditures
and unsubscriptions for a month. Summary bills are summarized from data on the
Billing Center > Bills > Expenditure Items page.
Transaction bill: You can view transaction bills by month and obtain them on the
Billing Center > Bills > Expenditure Items page.

Accuracy of Fee Deduction

HUAWEI CLOUD bills the pay-per-use product with the fee accurate to eight
decimal places (for example, $10.12501236 USD). Fees for pay-per-use
expenditures are deducted together on the third day of the next month, accurate
to two decimal places. For example, if the total pay-per-use expenditure amount is
$100.12501236 USD, the actual fee charged is $100.12 USD.

Reconciliation Procedure
If you want to learn about your expenditures of the last month or your company
needs account reconciliation, perform the following steps. Adjust the involved
parameters as needed.

Step 1 Check the summary information.

On the Dashboard page, export the summary bill. In the Billing Overview area,
you can see your monthly total fee and compare it with your expenditures
displayed on Huawei Cloud. In the Expenditures and Unsubscriptions areas, you
can see the used amount of cash coupons.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Step 2 Check whether the summary bill is consistent with the transaction bill.
● You can view the total amount due on the Billing Center > Bills > Dashboard
page.

● You can export the transaction bill on the Billing Center > Bills > Cost Bill >
Transaction Bills page and view the total amount due.

The bill types include:

– Expenditure-purchase: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions
– Expenditure-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions that you
manually renew
– Expenditure-change: fees for changing the specifications of yearly/
monthly subscriptions
– Expenditure-use: fees of pay-per-use products
– Expenditure-auto-renewal: fees of yearly/monthly subscriptions that are
automatically renewed
– Expenditure-hourly billing: fees of hourly-billed reserved instances
– Expenditure-unsubscription service charge: handling fees charged for
reserved instance unsubscription
– Expenditure-month-end deduction for support plan: fees charged for the
support plan at the end of a month
– Expenditure-tax: tax for yearly/monthly and pay-per-use products
– Adjustment-compensation: fees compensated by Huawei Cloud
– Adjustment-compensation tax: tax for Huawei Cloud compensations
– Adjustment-deduction: fees paid when Huawei Cloud makes an account
adjustment. For example, when Huawei Cloud adjusts a specification
downgrade order, the original refund amount is paid first.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

– Adjustment-deduction tax: tax for Huawei Cloud account adjustments

– Refund - unsubscription: fees of yearly/monthly products that are
unsubscribed from
– Refund-change: fees of a yearly/monthly subscription for which the
specification is downgraded
– Refund-tax: tax refunded when a yearly/monthly subscription is
unsubscribed from

----End

12.2.9 Expenditure Data Storage

Customers can enable expenditure data storage by creating a bucket on Object
Storage Service (OBS). HUAWEI CLOUD will synchronize your bills to the
designated bucket on OBS.

Enabling the Bill Subscription Function

Step 1 Create a bucket on OBS. For details about how to create a bucket, see Creating a
Bucket.

Step 2 Go to the Billing Center.

Step 3 Go to the Expenditure Data Storage page.

Step 4 Set the bucket name.

NOTE

If the bucket becomes invalid, expenditure data storage is automatically disabled.

Step 5 Click Verify.

A message indicating that the verification is successful is displayed and all eligible
bills are presented.

Step 6 Select the bills that you want to export and click Enable.

Once authorized and verified, your selected bills will have corresponding files
generated which are synchronized to your bucket on OBS every day.

Step 7 Click Get Code.

Step 8 Enter the received SMS verification code and click OK.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

NOTE

You can click Close next to the object storage name to close expenditure data storage.

----End

Downloading Subscribed Bills

Step 1 Choose Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
Step 2 Click the bucket name link.

Step 3 In the navigation bar on the left, click Objects. You can view all files of the
subscribed bills that have been exported.
NOTE

● Bills of the same type are sorted in descending order.

● You can search for bills by bill name prefix. Example: Enter
Spendings(ByResource)_201906 in the search box to view all resource bill files in June
2019.
● Data generated each day for customers in the monthly settlement mode is estimated. It
is suggested that these customers obtain the full bill of a month on the third day of the
next month.

After expenditure data storage is enabled, data listed in Table 12-1 will be
automatically exported based on your selection.

Table 12-1 Exported bills

Bill Billing Data Scope Filename Identifier
Cycle

Resource Every day Resource expenditure Resource_Expenditures_

expenditure data of the previous day YYYYMMDD
s

Resource Every day All resource data of the Spendings

bill month (prior to the (ByResource)_YYYYMM
current day) DD

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Bill Billing Data Scope Filename Identifier

Cycle

The third Resource data of the last Spendings

day of each month (YYYYMMDD in (ByResource)_YYYYMM
month the file name indicates DD
the last day of the last
month)

Step 4 Select the bill you want to download and click Download in the Operation
column.

----End

Further Description
If you want to download subscribed bills every day, run the following script to set
it up. After the setup is completed, the subscribed bills will be automatically
downloaded.

NOTE

The following code example is for reference only. You can make changes to it for
development as needed.
#!/usr/bin/python
# -*- coding:utf-8 -*-
import string,os,sys,datetime
import commands
import json

#get date
date = datetime.date.today()-datetime.timedelta(1)
str_date = date.strftime("%Y%m%d")

AK = ''
SK = ''
server = ''
bucketName = ''
#prefix="Consumedetails_"+str_date
prefix="Resource_Expenditures_"+str_date
print prefix

from com.obs.client.obs_client import ObsClient

# Constructs a obs client instance with your account for accessing OBS
obsClient = ObsClient(access_key_id=AK, secret_access_key=SK, server=server)

#find which billing

resp=obsClient.listObjects(bucketName,prefix)
#billing name
objectKey=resp.body.contents[0].key
localFileDir='/opt/huawei/zcm/data/'+objectKey
# Download the object to a file
print('Downloading an object to dir:' + localFileDir + '\n')
obsClient.getObject(bucketName, objectKey, downloadPath=localFileDir)

Description of parameters:

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

● AK: Identifies the access key ID on OBS. One AK maps to only one user but
one user can have multiple AKs. The OBS system recognizes the users who
access the system by their access key IDs. For details about how to create and
obtain the AK and SK, see Obtaining Access Keys (AK and SK).
● SK: Specifies the secret access key on OBS. It is used to access OBS.
Authentication information is generated for users based on their SKs and
request header fields. An SK matches an AK.
● server: Indicates the access domain name, which is the address of the bucket
on the Internet. It can be used for scenarios where the bucket is accessed
directly through the domain name, such as cloud application development
and data sharing. You can obtain its value from "1" in Figure 12-1.
● bucketName: Name of the bucket used for the subscribed bills. You can obtain
its value from "2" in Figure 12-1.
● prefix: Bills that need to be automatically downloaded.
– "Resource_Expenditures_": Indicates resource expenditure records.
– "Spendings (ByResource)_": Indicates the resource bill.
● localFileDir: Indicates the local directory for storing downloaded bill files.

Figure 12-1 Obtaining Parameters for Automatically Downloading Subscribed

Bills

12.2.10 Expenditure Data Storage

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

12.2.10.1 Resource Expenditures

Bill Description
1. After subscribing to resource expenditures bills on the Billing Center > Bills >
Expenditure Data Storage page, you can download and view these bills from
Service List > Storage > Object Storage Service.
For details about how to download the bills, see Downloading Subscribed
Bills.
2. Select the folder named after a date as needed.

3. The date folder is opened. Download the resource expenditures file.

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported File Name

Cycle

Resour Daily Resource expenditure data of Resource_Expenditure

ce the previous day s_YYYYMMDD
expen
ditures Third day Pay-per-use expenditure data Resource_Expenditure
of each of the last month (for s(Pay-per-
month example, data of CDN Use)_MonthlyBill_YYY
expenditure charged based on YMM
daily average peak
bandwidth).
In the resource expenditure
records exported on the third
day of each month, the pay-
per-use expenditure data of
the previous month is
displayed.
NOTE
Such data is not displayed if
there is no monthly-settled pay-
per-use products.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Bill Content

Table 12-2 Parameters

Field Name Field Description

Expenditur Expenditure time of a product.

e Time If the billing mode is Yearly/Monthly or Savings Plan, this field
indicates the payment time of the product.
If the billing mode is Pay-per-use or Savings plans-hourly billing,
this field specifies the validity period of the cloud service.

Billing Time frame between billings for an account. It is determined by

Cycle HUAWEI CLOUD and is generally one natural month. When a
billing cycle ends, the system calculates all the fees that a
customer needs to pay during the billing cycle and generates a
bill.

Resource Unique ID of a cloud service resource.

ID

Resource Name of a cloud service resource.

Name

Resource User-defined tag of a cloud service resource.

Tag

BE Supplier of the product:

● HUAWEI CLOUD
● Reseller

Billing Billing mode.

Mode ● Monthly
● Yearly
● Daily
● One-off
● Pay-per-use
● Savings plans-upfront payment
● Savings plans-hourly billing

Product Category of a cloud service.

Type

Resource Category of the resource used for a cloud service.

Type

Product Name of a cloud service.

Specificatio A collection of attributes and their values used to describe the

ns features of the resource that a cloud service needs. Specifications
of resources of the same type have the same attributes but
different attribute values.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Field Name Field Description

Region Cloud service region that provides public cloud service resources
independently and serves a large geographical area.

Enterprise ID of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project is

project ID selected when the customer purchases a product, the enterprise
project ID is 0.

Enterprise Name of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project

project is selected for the cloud service, default is displayed as the value
name of this field.

Usage Type How a pay-per-use cloud service is billed, such as by duration,

capacity, or upstream traffic.

Usage/ How a cloud service is used within a period of time, such as by

Purchased duration, capacity, count, or traffic.
Duration

Usage in Usage of a product or resource in a resource package or reserved

Package/ instance within a period of time. If this usage does not exceed the
Usage in package quota, no extra charges are incurred.
Reserved
Instance

Unit Unit to measure the product usage.

Official Price of the product for the specified period displayed on the
Total HUAWEI CLOUD official website.
Amount

Discount Discounts offered for cloud services, for example, commercial

discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts. The value is the discount amount based on the original
price.

Amount Amount that you should pay for used cloud services after
discounts have been applied. The discounts include promotional
discounts, discount coupons, commercial discounts, and partner
authorized discounts.

Order Type Type of a product order:

● Purchase
● Renewal
● Unsubscription
● Change: specification upgrade or downgrade Generally, a
positive amount indicates a specification upgrade and a
negative amount indicates a specification downgrade.

Order No. Unique ID of an order.

Transaction Time when the fee is paid for an expenditure.

Time

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Field Name Field Description

Tax Tax amount.

Sub- Name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource A child resource takes the subordinate position among several
Name associated resources, for example, an EVS system disk is a child
resource of an ECS.

Sub- Unique ID of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource ID

Sub- Service type of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product
Type

Sub- Service name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product

Combined Unique ID of a combined order.

Order No. Huawei Cloud will combine multiple orders that need to be
executed in a batch, such as operated in a batch and paid in a
batch. You need to pay or cancel the orders together in a
combined order. After a combined order is paid, each cloud
service in the combined order can be managed separately.

12.2.10.2 Resource Bill

Bill Description
1. After subscribing to bills on the Billing Center > Bills > Data Storage page,
you can download and view these bills from Service List > Storage > Object
Storage Service.
For details about how to download the bills, see Downloading Subscribed
Bills.
2. Select the folder named after a date as needed.

3. The date folder is opened. Download the resource bill file.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Bill Billing Data to Be Exported File Name

Cycle

Resource Daily Current month Spendings(ByResource

bill (excluding the current )_YYYYMMDD
day)

Third day Last month Spendings(ByResource

of each (YYYYMMDD in the file )_YYYYMMDD
month name indicates the last
day of the last month)

Bill Content

Table 12-3 Parameters

Field Field Description

Name

Billing Interval of time from the end of one billing statement date to the
Cycle next billing statement date. It is determined by Huawei Cloud and
is generally one natural month. When a billing cycle ends, the
system calculates all the fees that a customer needs to pay during
the billing cycle and generates a bill.

Resource Unique ID of a cloud service resource.

ID

Resource Name of a cloud service resource.

Name

Resource User-defined tag of a cloud service resource.

Tag

Region Cloud service region that provides public cloud service resources
independently and serves a large geographical area.

Product Category of a cloud service.

Type

Resource Category of the resource used for a cloud service.

Type

Product Name of a cloud service.

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Field Field Description

Name

Enterprise ID of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project is

Project ID selected when the customer purchases a product, the enterprise
project ID is 0.

Enterprise Name of the specified enterprise project. If no enterprise project is

project selected for the cloud service, default is displayed as the value of
name this field.

BE Supplier of the product:

● HUAWEI CLOUD
● Reseller

Billing Billing mode. When the expenditure amount of a product is a

Mode negative value, the order type is unsubscription or specification
downgrade.
● Yearly/Monthly
● Pay-per-use
● Savings plans-upfront payment
● Savings plans-hourly billing

Official Price of the product for the specified period displayed on the
Total HUAWEI CLOUD official website.
Amount

Amount Amount that you should pay for used cloud services after discounts
have been applied. The discounts include promotional discounts,
discount coupons, commercial discounts, and partner authorized
discounts.

Discount Discounts offered for cloud services, for example, commercial

discounts, partner authorized discounts, and promotional
discounts. The value is the discount amount based on the original
price.

Remarks Supplementary information.

Tax Tax amount.

Sub- Name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource A child resource takes the subordinate position among several
Name associated resources, for example, an EVS system disk is a child
resource of an ECS.

Sub- Unique ID of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
ID

Sub- Service type of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product
Type

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243

Billing Center
User Guide 12 Appendix

Field Field Description

Name

Sub- Service name of a child resource for a cloud service.

resource
Product

Issue 01 (2024-12-09) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244